Reformulating Pair-Merge, Inheritance and Valuation

by

Jun Omune

Submitted to Foreign Studies Research Division in partial fulfillment of therequirements for the degree of Doctor of English Linguistics
at
Kansai Gaidai University
Accepted in March 2018
(Submitted in November 2017)

Reformulating Pair-Merge,
Inheritance and Valuation

Jun OmuneAcknowledgements

Firstly, I would like to express my sincere gratitude to my advisor Prof. Yukio Oba
for the continuous support of my Ph.D. study and related research and for his patience,motivation and immense knowledge.

His guidance helped me throughout the research

and writing processes of this thesis. I could not imagine having a better advisor andmentor for my Ph.D. study.
Besides that, I would like to thank Prof. Nobuo Okada, for his insightful comments
and encouragement as well as for the difficult questions that incented me to widen myresearch from various perspectives.
My sincere thanks also goes to Daisuke Hirai, who studied alongside me in Kansai
Gaidai University and provided me an opportunity to join a team in Kindai University,and who provided me access to the laboratory and research facilities.

Without his

precious support, it would not have been possible to conduct this research.
I thank my friends for the stimulating discussions and for all the fun we have had in
the last four years.
Last but not least, I would like to thank my family (my parents, my sister and my
grandparents) for supporting me throughout the writing of this thesis and my life ingeneral.

iChapter 2 in this thesis is based on my forthcoming paper in English Linguistics 34(2).

This forthcoming paper is a revised and extended version of the paper presented at

the 153rd Conference of the Linguistic Society of Japan.

I would like to express mygratitude to Yukio Oba and Daisuke Hirai for their advice at an early stage of this work.
I also thank Hisatsugu Kitahara and the audience at the conference for their valuablecomments and suggestions.

In addition, I am grateful for the very valuable feedback

from anonymous EL reviewers.

Needless to say, all remaining errors are mine.

Chapter 4 is an amended and expanded version of the paper presented at the 2nd
regular meeting of Fukuoka Linguistic Circle in 2017.

I am grateful to the audience forthe valuable comments and suggestions.
Section 5.3 (in chapter 5) stems from my forthcoming paper in Kinki University(Kindai University), Center for Liberal Arts and Foreign Language Education Journal,
Foreign Language Edition 8 (2). I gratefully acknowledge the valuable comments andfeedback from the two anonymous reviewers of this work.
and errors in this section are my own responsibility.

ii

All remaining weaknesses

Contents

Acknowledgementsi

Chapter 1: Introduction

1

1.1

Basic Assumptions and the Architecture of Grammar2

1.2

Derivation

4

1.3

The Structure of the Paper

9

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

11

2.1

Introduction

11

2.2

Theoretical Background, Analytical Assumptions and Problems

14

2.3

Proposal: A Solution with ZFC

21

2.4

Case 1: The Double Object Construction

33

2.5

Case 2: The Cognate Object Construction

43

2.6

Case 3: The Small Clause Construction and ECM

52

2.7

Summary64

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases
3.1

3.2

67

Introduction

67

3.1.1 Toward the True Reformulation of Pair-Merge

67

Problems

69

3.2.1

69

A Problem of PM by SMiii

3.2.2

No Recourse to the Label Accessibility Condition

70

3.3

A Proposal: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

76

3.4

Explaining the (Anti-)Adjunct Condition

82

3.4.1

Facts

82

3.4.2

Analyzing the Adjunction Condition

83

3.4.3

Analyzing the Anti-Adjunction Condition

84

Explaining Condition C (Anti-)Reconstruction

87

3.5.1

Condition C Anti-Reconstruction Effects

87

3.5.2

Analyzing Condition C Anti-Reconstruction Effects

89

3.5.3

Condition C Reconstruction Effects

91

3.5.4

Analyzing Condition C Reconstruction Effects

92

3.5

3.6

3.7

Nominals

93

3.6.1

Essential Properties of Phase

93

3.6.2

Nominal = Phase?

95

3.6.3

Elaborated Internal Structures of Nominals

97

3.6.4

Problems of Nominal Structures

101

3.6.5

PM by SM for Nominals

102

3.6.6

Internal Structures of Determiners

110

Summary

116

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation
4.1

4.2

4.3

117

Introduction

117

4.1.1 An Earlier Version of the Minimalist Framework

117

4.1.2 The Current Framework and a Problem

119

Analytic Assumptions and a Conceptual Problem

120

4.2.1 Simplest Merge and Labeling120

4.2.2 Freely Applying Merge

121

4.2.3 A Conceptual Problem

122

Reformulating Feature Inheritance and Feature Valuation

123

4.3.1 Reformulating Feature Inheritance

123

iv

4.3.2 Reformulating Valuation

124

4.3.3 Deducing the Condition on Internal PM by SM of Heads

124

Resolving an XP-YP Problem

128

4.4.1 An XP-YP Problem

128

4.4.2 There Be Constructions

129

4.4.3 Unaccusative There Constructions

132“Unaccusativized” There Constructions

133

4.5.1 Unaccusativized Unergatives Verbs

133

4.5.2 Unaccusativized Transitive Verbs

139

Explaining Further Empirical Facts

143

4.6.1 Non-(sub)extractability of Associates

143

4.6.2 Scopal Phenomena and Binding Effects

148

4.6.3 Summary

153

Chapter 5: Alternatives

155

4.4

4.5

4.6

5.1

Introduction

155

5.2

Alternative 1 (for the XP-XP Problem)

156

5.2.1 Analytic Assumptions

157

5.2.2 Structures and Derivations of There Constructions

162

5.3

5.2.2.1

There Be/Unaccusative There Constructions

162

5.2.2.2

Unaccusativized There Constructions

166

5.2.2.3

Accounting for Empirical Facts

171

5.2.2.4

Two Reasons for Discarding Alternative 1

174

Alternative 2 (for the Double Object Construction)

175

5.3.1

Introduction

175

5.3.2

Labeling, Maximality and the Halting Problem

176

5.3.3

The Subj Head

179

5.3.4

Properties of the Double Object Construction

182

5.3.5

Structures of the Double Object Construction

184

5.3.6

[+PHAVE] = a criterial feature

187v

5.3.7

A New Analysis

188

5.3.8

Featural Relativized Minimality and Sub-Extraction

191

5.3.9

Problems of Alternative 2

193

Chapter 6: Conclusion

195

References

201

vi

Chapter 1

Introduction

The main aim of this paper is to reformulate problematic operations that, to someextent, weaken minimalist theory, in terms of the SMT (Strong Minimalist Thesis),
evolvavility, simplicity and/or computational efficiency. 1

The SMT holds that“[l]anguage is an optimal solution to legibility conditions” (Chomsky (2000: 96)).

The

recent minimalist model (cf. Chomsky (2013, 2015a, 2016a, b, c, 2017a, b) and Chomsky,
Gallego and Ott (to appear)) eliminate many stipulations specific to human language.
The model simplified by the elimination suggests that the sole operation specific to thelanguage capacity is Merge, and other things indispensable for CHL (computational
system for human language), which fundamentally yields the language of thought,
conform to third-factor principles.

The third-factor principles are not specific tolanguage but assumed to follow the laws of nature, which are the laws that science

1This dissertation is based on my works (i.e. Omune (2016, 2017, to appear-a, b)). As for further

details, see Acknowledgements.

1

Chapter 1: Introduction

attempts to explicate.

Thus, we assume that the operations obeying the third factor are

not flaws but fit the SMT in minimalist syntax.

To establish a derivational system

involving Merge, the single operation specific to human language, however, we are
required to reformulate operations such as pair-Merge, feature inheritance and feature
valuation.

These operations seem to be specific to human language against theminimalist spirit.

This paper reformulates these operations for the conceptual reasons

discussed above.

Furthermore, it will be shown that the reformulation explains various

linguistic phenomena such as (non-)extractability of the indirect object in the double
object construction and the non-referential cognate object in the cognate object
construction, a symmetric property in the there construction and among others.

1.1

Basic Assumptions and the Architecture of Grammar
In the current minimalist model in Chomsky (2013, 2015a) and Chomsky, Gallego

and Ott (to appear), we assume that structures built by Merge get transferred phase byphase after relevant operations have applied.

The operation Transfer, however,arguably does not Spell-Out structures because transferred phases are not pronounced at
the original positions but at other positions as discussed in Obata (2010) (see also
Chomsky (2016c) and Chomsky, Gallego and Ott (to appear)).

Spell-Out, therefore,

does not exist (see Chomsky (2016c) and Chomsky, Gallego and Ott (to appear)), but
Transfer at least yields the effects of the PIC (Phase Impenetrability Condition).
Chomsky (2000: 108) defines the PIC as follows:(1)

Phase Impenetrability Condition:
In phase a with head H, the domain of H is not accessible to operations
outside a, only H and its edge are accessible to such operations.

Transfer is also generally assumed to map structures generated in core/narrow syntax onto
<PHON, SEM>.

PHON is accessed by the SM (sensorimotor) system, and SEM isaccessed by the CI (conceptual-intentional) system.

Thus, we can assume that Transfer

sends information of objects constructed in core syntax to those two interpretive systems.
2

Chapter 1: Introduction

After that, computations do not need to look at or care about the objects left in core syntax.
Accordingly, the original conception of phase, reducing a burden of memory, is still
ensured.

Notice that the representations accessed by the SM and CI systems are further

accessed by the performance system.

The architecture of grammar (i.e. Y-model) in thecurrent minimalist model can be illustrated as follows:(2)

Architecture of Grammar (Y-model):Lexicon

Core/Narrow Syntax

Derivation (Phase by Phase)Transfer
Externalization<PHON,

SEM>

accessaccessSM (Interpretive System)

CI (Interpretive System)________________________________________________________
accessaccessPerformance System________________________________________________________

Externalization, which is mapping structures onto PHON, is complex and could be thelocus of cross-linguistic variation.2
2

In contrast, the course from the core syntax to SEM

The process of externalization contains linearization, which alters hierarchically structured

expressions (or set-theoretic objects) into linear order. For more on linearization, see Kayne (1994).
Moreover, the process of externalization seems to involve vocabulary insertion in the framework ofDistributed Morphology (see Halle and Marantz (1993), Embick and Marantz (2008), Embick and3

Chapter 1: Introductionis universal.

The contents of the lexicon are debatable and seem to be mysterious in thecurrent model.

This paper mainly focuses on core syntax, derivation and Transfer.

Particularly, I pursue the Merge-only derivation that third-factor principles appropriately
affect because of the reasons briefly discussed earlier.

I do not discuss the lexicon,

externalization, PHON and the performance system.

1.2

Derivation
Merge has been simplified in the Minimalist Program since Chomsky (1995a, b).

The bare phrase structure theory (Chomsky (1995a, b)) eliminated X´-level objects, butleft projections and labels.

Chomsky redefined the projections or labels as theequivalent to the features of lexical items (i.e. heads) and proposed the following
definition:(3)

Merge (a, b) = {a, {a, b}}

The italicized a is the label of {a, b}, which is identical to the head or the feature a.
There is no X´ projection such as a´ in the sense of X´ theory.
maximal projection like amax.

In addition, there is no

Chomsky (1995a, b) built the label a into the definition

for the empirical necessity, although he notes that Merge = {a, b} is the simplest case.
In other words, we do not have any conceptual necessity to assume the label in thedefinition of Merge.

Many researchers (e.g. Collins (2002), Seely (2006) and Epstein,

Kitahara and Seely (2014a)) explored the simplest case of Merge, and Chomsky (2013,2015a) finally eliminated the label from the definition.

It follows that the outer brackets

in {a, {a, b}}, which denote a projection (see Seely (2006)), were also removed.

Nowthat simplest Merge forms just an unordered set {a, b}, syntactic structures are formed
without labels.

However, it is obvious that unlabeled structures are not interpretable at

the CI interface and the SM interface.

For example, nominal phrases have nominal

Noyer (2007), Marantz (1997, 2013) and among others).
syntactically inserts phonological features.

4

Roughly, Vocabulary Insertion post-

Chapter 1: Introduction

interpretations and verb phrases have verbal interpretations.

The remaining option tolabel unlabeled structures is arguably minimal search which conforms to a third-factor
principle, Minimal Computation.

Chomsky (2013) calls this labeling process a labelingalgorithm, but it is important to note that the labeling algorithm is just minimal search,and, hence, not an arbitrary stipulation.3
As has been briefly reviewed above, we have simplified Merge and now assume that
Merge is simply a set-formation operation that produces an unordered set {a, b}. We
assume that Merge recursively applies, regardless of whether its application is external
or internal.

Hence, Merge ensures discrete infinity in the mind.

In addition, if its

application is internal to a set, internal Merge instantiates displacement in language.
Because the basic properties of language, discrete infinity and displacement, are arguably
exclusive to humans, Merge does not entirely fit third-factor principles.

Merge,

therefore, conforms to first-factor genetic endowments that are sometimes called
universal grammar or UG.
There is another set-formation operation, pair-Merge, which yields an ordered pair<a, b>. As in Chomsky (2000, 2004), pair-Merge is assumed to be another primitive
operation.

(4)

That is, we have two primitive operations, which form sets.

a.

Merge (a, b) = {a, b}b.

Pair-Merge (a, b) = <a, b>

While Merge takes two elements and forms an unordered set, pair-Merge takes twoelements and forms an ordered set.

Pair-Merge is used to explain the asymmetricproperties of adjunction in the current framework of minimalist syntax (see Chomsky(2000, 2004, 2015a)).

That is, this operation has the inherent asymmetricity (seeChomsky (2000: 133)).

However, this inherent asymmetric property should not be partof genetic endowments with regard to simplicity and evolvavility.
3

In the Minimalist

For more on the recent analyses utilizing this algorithm, see Bošković (2016), Carstens, Hornsteinand Seely (2016), Epstein Kitahara and Seely (2016), Rizzi (2016) and Saito (2016), among others.
This paper, particularly in chapter 2, adapts the approach by Epstein Kitahara and Seely (2016).

5

Chapter 1: Introduction

Program, simplicity is required for methodological/procedural minimalism that iscompatible to Ockham’s razor.

Evolvavility also needs to be addressed in order toexplain the evolution of the language capacity.

Simplest Merge is so simple that we canuse it to explain the sudden emergence of the language capacity on the evolutionary
timescale.

In contrast, pair-Merge is somewhat complex due to the inherent

asymmetricity or the inherent order.
on the evolutionally timescale.

It is uncertain that pair-Merge emerged suddenly

Therefore, UG should be composed of the sole operation,

simplest Merge, on conceptual grounds.

To eliminate pair-Merge as a primitive

operation, I will argue that ordered pairs can be derived from unordered sets formed bysimplest Merge.4
In the current minimalist model, the structure and derivation of John hit Mary is asfollows (in the fifth step, <Phi, Phi > and √P are labels, and see chapter 2 for more onthese labels):54Note that the notion of ordered pair is necessary to interpret the paired expressions. For instance,

we can understand pair-list readings and single-pair readings as follows:(i)

Who bought what?
a.
b.

(ii)

John bought a book, Mary bought a bag, Bill bought a cup. (pair-list reading)??John bought a book. (single-pair reading)Who just bought what?
a.
b.

??John bought a book, Mary bought a bag, Bill bought a cup. (pair-list reading)John bought a book. (single-pair reading)

These facts show that we undoubtedly have the notion of ordered pair in the mind. However, thesefacts do not suggest that the notion of ordered pair should be created by a primitive operation.
Internal Merge forms unordered sets {X, {Y, tX}} (t for a lower copy) but also creates a pair <X, X>,
which is identified as two copies (see Chomsky (2007, 2008) and Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2014a)).
This pair is created as a consequence of the application of internal Merge but not directly created byMerge. Recall that Merge just forms unordered sets.
5

External arguments might be severed from verbs and the head voice might appear in relevant

argument structures (see Kratzer (1996), Marantz (1981, 2005, 2013) and Wood and Marantz (2015)).
However, I adopt the standard assumption that external arguments externally merge to SPEC-v*.

6

Chapter 1: Introduction(5){C, {b John, {a T, {tJohn, {<√hit, v*>, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}}}}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {γ √hit, Mary}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {John, {v*, {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}}}.

iv.

√hit inherits features from v*.

v.

Labeling takes place by minimal search: δ and γ are labeled as <Phi,
Phi> and √P, respectively.

vi.

Pair-Merge internally forms <√hit, v*> with v* affixed: such a v*
becomes invisible, and the phase-hood is activated on t√hit.

vii.

The complement of t√hit gets transferred.

viii. Merge externally forms {a T, {John, {<√hit, v*>, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit,tMary}}}}}.
ix.

Merge internally forms {b John, {a T, {tJohn, {<√hit, v*>, {δ Mary, {γt√hit, tMary}}}}}}.

x.

Merge externally forms {C, {b John, {a T, {tJohn, {<√hit, v*>, {δ Mary,{γ t√hit, tMary}}}}}}}.

xi.

T inherits features from C.

xii.

Labeling takes place by minimal search: b and a are labeled as <Phi,
Phi> and TP.

xiii. The complement of C gets transferred after labeling.

In this system, Merge applies freely, regardless of whether its application is external orinternal.6

It follows that Merge produces structures that are interpreted as gibberish by

the CI system, contrary to crash-proof syntax (see Frampton and Gutmann (2002)).

The<Phi, Phi> labels in (5v, xii) denote that agreement occurs and that Phi features are shared(see Chomsky (2013)).
6

One might say that the <Phi, Phi> labels in (5v, xii) do not

It is important to note that Gallego (2009) shows that Chomsky’s (2000, 2001) Activity Condition

no longer holds. The activity condition was introduced on behalf of the formulation of Probe-Goal
Agree. Roughly, this condition states that “an XP is ‘frozen in place’ when it is inactive” Gallego(2009: 36, fn. 2).

7

Chapter 1: Introduction

provide any semantic meaning, though labels are required for interpretations.
the concern, however, <Phi, Phi> seems to be necessary.

DespiteTo argue for its necessity, we

consider unvalued features that might be apparent imperfection.
In Chomsky (2008) and his subsequent work, unvalued features are markers ofphases.

Heads bearing uPhi (unvalued Phi) (i.e. C and v*) are therefore qualified to bephases.

uPhi must be valued before being transferred because features without values

violate Full Interpretation and cannot possibly receive phonological realizations.
that some heads inherit features from phase heads (see (5iv, xi)).

NoticeThis feature

inheritance or inheritance, which was proposed by Chomsky (2008), is assumed to occur
primarily because of theoretical reasons.

As Richards (2007) (cf. Chomsky (2007,2008) and Richards (2012)) argues, Transfer and feature valuation (i.e. agree) occur atthe same time.

This is because, once unvalued features are valued, the CI system cannot

distinguish them from inherently/lexically valued features (see Richards (2007: 566)).
Moreover, it is generally assumed that the PIC states that “The edge and nonedge(complement) of a phase are transferred separately” (Richards (2007: 568)).

On thesepremises, Richards (2007) (see also Chomsky (2007)) argues that feature inheritance isrequired because uPhi is transferred as soon as Transfer-Valuation applies.

It isimportant to note that this logic does not completely hold in the current system as in (5).
Some valued uPhi features are not transferred but remain within the non-edge of the v*Pphase (see (5vi, vii)).

As Goto (2016) argues, it seems that feature inheritance,

nevertheless, still needs to be postulated for labeling to take place correctly.

This typeof reasoning suggests that the <Phi, Phi> label actually provides an interpretation, which
is probably a derivational history (cf. Munataka (2017)).

If <Phi, Phi> labels canprovide the derivational history, then we can solve the problem of indistinguishability
between derivationally valued features and lexically valued features.

<Phi, Phi> labels

are sufficient to distinguish these features because they encode the information thatunvalued features have been valued through derivations.

Therefore, feature inheritanceand <Phi, Phi> are (at least theoretically) essential.
As has argued above, we need to postulate feature inheritance in (5iv, xi), but it isstill a problem on purely conceptual grounds.
8

As discussed earlier, we should assume

Chapter 1: Introduction

only one structure-building operation that conforms to genetic endowments.
feature inheritance should not be part of UG.
without this operation?

Operation

However, how do heads inherit features

In the earlier framework, C-T or v*-√root relations were

established by Merge, but there is no such establishment in the derivation above because
Merge applies strictly cyclically.

Additionally, it is obscure how agreement or feature

valuation occurs in the current model.

In chapter 4, I reformulate feature inheritanceand feature valuation, based on the third-factor Minimal Computation.

1.3

The Structure of the Paper
This paper is organized as follows.

Chapter 2 reformulates pair-Merge of heads,

based on simplest Merge and a definition of ordered pairs in set theory.

This

reformulation further accounts for the double object construction, the cognate object
construction, the small clause construction and the ECM (Exceptional Case Marking)construction.
chapter 2.

Chapter 3 reformulates pair-Merge of phrases, based on proposals inThis expanded reformulation of pair-Merge explains phenomena concerningphrasal adjunction and the Specificity Effect.

Chapter 4 reformulates feature

inheritance and feature valuation to be minimal search.

The reformulated version of

inheritance and valuation can explicate the structure and the derivation of the there
construction such as labeling failure and a long-distance agreement.

Furthermore, theanalyses in this chapter provide an explanation for the empirical facts of extractability of
associates and scopes and anaphors in the there construction.
alternative analyses.

Chapter 5 presents

It will be shown that one of the alternatives, in a different manner,potentially solves a technical problem of feature inheritance, which had already beensolved in chapter 4.

Furthermore, the other alternative explicates the double object

construction under the maximality principle in Rizzi (2015a, b, 2016). However, the main
purpose of this chapter is to show that those alternatives are not solutions but raise newresearch problems.

Chapter 6 concludes the paper.

910Chapter 2

Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

2.1

Introduction
As Chomsky (2013: 42) notes, (set-)Merge takes two objects α, β and forms thesimplest unordered set {α, β} (see Collins (2002) and Seely (2006) for more on simplified
Merge).

Neither label nor node is created by this simplest operation, Merge, based on

UG (Universal Grammar), contrary to Chomsky (1995a, b).

Other indispensablemechanisms (e.g. labels for interpretation) are, thus, motivated by “principles not specificto the faculty of language, the third factor (Chomsky (2005: 6)).” Accordingly, the SMT(Strong Minimalist Thesis) holds as follows, satisfying interface conditions:(1)(SMT) Interfaces + Merge = Language(Chomsky (2010: 52))

Ideally, the simplest account of UG reduces to the single, simple and primitive operation
Merge in the current Minimalist Program (Chomsky (2013, 2014, 2015a, b, 2016a, b),
11

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Headsetc.), conforming to third-factor principles such as minimal computation andcomputational efficiency.

If not, the theory in the program readily faces the serious

problem of the evolution of the language capacity.

As for evolvability, Chomsky (2014:11) states (see also Hauser, Chomsky and Fitch (2002), Hauser et al. (2014)):“… It appears that there has been no evolution of [the] language [capacity] (orvirtually none; or of cognitive capacities generally) since our ancestors left Africa,
perhaps about 50,000 years ago …

If we go back roughly 50,000 years before that,

there is little evidence that human language existed at all; archaeological evidence
suggests that language, and with it complex cognition, emerged within this very
narrow window, in what Jared Diamond called a ‘great leap forward.’

Doubling

the numbers or more changes little; the window remains very narrow in evolutionary
time, and any millions of years after separation from other surviving species.

These

facts suggest that at some point within this narrow range some slight rewiring of thebrain occurred yielding the core property of language: Merge with its output linked
to the CI [conceptual-intentional] interface.
group.

Mutations occur in an individual, not a

The individual endowed with this rewiring would therefore have had a‘language of thought’ LOT: a means to interpret, reflect, plan, etc., in principle
unbounded.”

Therefore, Merge, the sole operation for the basic properties of discrete infinity anddisplacement, should ideally be as simple as possible so that it emerges quite suddenlyon the evolutionary timescale.
There is, however, another primitive operation pair-Merge empirically required toaccount for the asymmetric property of adjunction (see Chomsky (2004: 117–118)).
Pair-Merge is not simple but complex by virtue of its definition.

When pair-Merge

applies, it takes two objects α, β and forms an ordered pair <α, β>.

To form the orderedpair, however, pair-Merge must relegate one object (α or β) to a separate plane.

Clearly,

it is complex to introduce such an extra plane and to move an element to a separate plane.

12Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

Such a complex operation cannot possibly emerge suddenly on the evolutionary timescale.
Thus, pair-Merge should not be part of UG for such purely conceptual reasons.
In the current Minimalist Program, Merge and pair-Merge are formulated as follows:

(2)

a.

Merge (α, β) = {α, β}b.

Pair-Merge (α, β) = <α, β>Merge forms a simple unordered set while pair-Merge yields an ordered set (see Chomsky(2013, 2015a), Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2014a, 2015, 2016) and works cited by them).
Pair-Merge does so because pair-Merge (i.e. adjunction) inherently has an asymmetry as
noted by Chomsky (2000: 133).

This inherent asymmetry is not, however, welcome inthe spirit of simplest Merge which we use to justify evolvability as mentioned above.
Furthermore, pair-Merge is not only controversial on purely conceptual grounds but also
contradictory to the invisibility of one element in an ordered pair.
will be discussed in detail in the next section.

This contradiction

To resolve the conceptual problems above,

I propose that there is no pair-Merge of heads as a primitive operation, but a derivational
ordered pair derives from unordered sets. 1

Consequently, it will be shown that the

proposal clearly fits the SMT in the best possible way.
The paper is organized as follows.

Section 2.2 reviews Chomsky’s (2015a)

derivation of a typical transitive construction such as John hit Mary and Epstein, Kitahara
and Seely’s (2016) analysis of the bridge verb construction such as John thinks that she
will sing.

I then point out the conceptual contradiction of pair-Merge regarding theinvisibility of one element in <α, β> formed by pair-Merge.

Section 2.3 resolves thiscontradiction, proposing a new formulation of pair-Merge.

This reformulation lets a

derivational ordered pair derive from unordered sets, conforming to the simplest and ideal
account of UG including Merge only.

Section 2.4 shows that the proposal accounts for

empirical facts concerning the double object construction.
1

Section 2.5 explains

As for the possible elimination of pair-Merge of phrases, see chapter 3. Also, see Oseki (2015).

He eliminates the stipulation on pair-Merge by proposing that pair-Merge of phrases is Merge whichforms the double peaked structure as in Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2012, 2014a, 2015).

13

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

empirical facts of the cognate object construction.

Section 2.6 further explains

empirical facts with respect to the small clause construction and the ECM construction.
Section 2.7 summarizes this chapter.

2.2

Theoretical Background, Analytical Assumptions and Problems
In addition to the conception of Merge in (2), Chomsky (2013, 2015a) argues thatlabels are required for interpretation at two interfaces: the SM (sensorimotor) system forexternalization and the CI (conceptual-intentional) system for thought.

Conforming toa third-factor principle of minimal computation, labeling takes place by minimal searchas follows (where t is a copy and used only for expository purposes):(3)

Labeling by Minimal Search:a.

{H, XP} → {HP H, XP}b.

{XP, tYP} → {XP XP, tYP}c.

{XP, YP} / X sharing features (e.g. Phi-set) with Y → {<Phi, Phi> XP,
YP}

In the case of Head-Phrase SO (syntactic objects) such as (3a), minimal search
unambiguously finds a head because it is the closest computational atom.

The graph-theoretic notation of Head-Phrase labeling is illustrated below:

(4)

HP
à

H
X

H

…

X

In the case of Phrase-Phrase SO, minimal search fails to find a head because neither XP
nor YP is atomic.

To label {XP, YP}, we need to modify it before labeling takes place.

In (3b), the lower copy of YP (i.e. tYP) remains after internal Merge has modified {XP,YP} following the No Tampering Condition (Chomsky (2008: 138)).
14

Minimal searchChapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

then successfully finds a head X in XP since a lower copy is, by definition, invisible tominimal search.2

(5)

à

YP

XP

YP

Z

Z
XP

tYP

XP

tYP

There is another case for labeling {XP, YP} where X and Y share some feature(s), as
shown in (3c).

That is, agreement takes place when they share features.

For example,

Agree (X, Y) takes place by minimal search as suggested by Chomsky (2013, 2015a, b),
and X and Y share Phi (phi-features) under the valuation of uPhi (unvalued phi-features).
Such Phi becomes a label <Phi, Phi> for {XP, YP}.3(6)<Phi, Phi>
àXPhi ZP

YuPhi

XPhi ZP
…

YuPhi

…

…

…

Based on the framework sketched out in Chomsky (2013), Chomsky (2015a) further
assumes that Merge, which is strictly cyclic, applies freely.

Let us consider thefollowing typical transitive structure for the v*P phase of John hit Mary where √hit is the2

Chomsky (2013: 44) assumes “α to be ‘in the domain D’ if and only if every occurrence of α is aterm of D.” Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016: 91) define occurrence as follows: “an occurrence of[α] is a sister-category merged to [α] by set-Merge.”
3

The angle brackets of <Phi, Phi> have nothing to do with those of the ordered pair <α, β>. The

notation <Phi, Phi> just indicates that Phi is shared.

15

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

root HIT, and v* is a phase-head, an affix and a verbalizer (I omit several irrelevant
notations such as labels and curly brackets for nominals):4(7){John, {<√hit, v*>, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {γ √hit, Mary}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {John, {v*, {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}}}.

iv.

√hit inherits features from v*.

v.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal search: δ and γ are labeled
as <Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

vi.

Pair-Merge internally forms <√hit, v*> with v* affixed: such a v*
becomes invisible, and the phase-hood is activated on t√hit.

vii.

The complement of t√hit gets transferred.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is provided below:(8){John, {<√hit, v*>, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}}}}
i.

√hit

Mary

ii.

Mary
√hit

4

tMary

Chomsky (2015a) does not refer to the timing of agreement, but he implies that feature valuation(i.e. Agree) is minimal search as well as labeling. Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2014b) explicitly
argue that Agree/Valuation is minimal search, and Kasai et al. (2016: 7) also conclude that“‘[a]greement’ is obtained as a by-product of labeling.” On this account, I assume both labeling andAgree take place with the same timing. Also, see Nomura (2017) for an elaborated feature-valuation
system under minimal search.

16

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

iii.

John
v*
Mary
√hit

tMary

√hit

tMary

iv.

John
v*
uPhi, phase-hood, etc.

Mary

v.

John

<Phi, Phi>v*
MaryPhi√P√hituPhi

tMary

vi

John

<Phi, Phi><√hit, v*>

√P

Mary
t√hit

17

tMary

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

vii.

John

<Phi, Phi><√hit, v*>

√P

Mary

Transfer
t√hit

tMary

Chomsky (2015a: 7–8) assumes that √root alone is universally too weak to serve as alabel because it is unspecified as to categories.

However, √root strengthens by SPEC-√root just as English-type T strengthens by SPEC-T under labeling/agreement.
√hit strengthens by Mary, and minimal search labels γ as √P in (7v).5
Merge (i.e. head-raising) then applies for categorizing √hit as verb.
to v*, leaving the visible copy t√hit in (7vi).6

Thus,

Internal pair-That is, √hit raises

Interestingly, the affix v* adjoins to √hitand becomes invisible against “conventional treatments of head-raising” (Chomsky(2015a: 12)).

In other words, the traditional approach to head-raising has the raisedelement adjoin to its host, but Chomsky (2015a) assumes that the host adjoins to the raisedelement.

Therefore, Chomsky states that internal pair-Merge of heads seems to be partof the process of externalization as reported in Nomura (2017: 399, fn. 3) (see also
Chomsky, Gallego and Ott (to appear)). Internal pair-Merge (of heads) is, however,arguably a syntactic operation because it is just one mode of syntactic movement (seeRichards (2009)).

I would like to return later in this section to discuss the conceptual

paradox between the traditional approach to head-raising and internal pair-Merge ofheads by Chomsky (2015a).
Adopting the framework briefly reviewed above, Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016)
point out that the system in Chomsky (2015a) has a conceptual problem, which is the5

Chomsky (2015a: 10) uses the notation RP instead of √P.

6This lower copy is visible because its phase-hood becomes active after internal pair-Merge hasformed <√hit, v*> (see Chomsky (2015a) and Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016)). Accordingly, we
should assume <√hit, v*> is a different SO to √hit. In other words, the lower copy √hit is in thedomain D since every occurrence of √hit is a term of D (see also note 2).

18

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

failure of labeling, regarding the bridge verb construction.

Let us consider the bridge

verb construction for the matrix v*P phase of John thinks that she will sing.

Providedthat we follow the exact steps in (7), Merge externally forms {√think, {that, …}},
internally forms {{that, …}, {√think, t{that, …}}}, and then externally forms {v*, {{that,…}, {√think, t{that, …}}}}.

This will clearly cause agreement failure because C (i.e. that)has no appropriate feature agreeing with √think (which has inherited uPhi from v*).
Chomsky (2015a) tentatively solves this problem by no application of internal Merge to{that, …}.

Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016), however, point out that this solution still

has a problem with labeling.

The γ label in {v*, {γ √think, {that, …}}} is not determinedsince √think alone is too weak to serve as a label.

Recall that √think needs to strengthen

by the agreement relation of SPEC-√think.
To resolve the problems, Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016) propose an alternative
analysis, assuming the null hypothesis where pair-Merge applies freely as well as Merge.

(9){John, {<√think, v*>, {that, …}}}i.

Pair-Merge of heads externally forms <√think, v*>: v* becomes
invisible with respect to both its uPhi and its phase-hood.

ii.

Merge externally forms {John, {<√think, v*>, {that, …}}}.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is shown below:(10){John, {<√think, v*>, {that, …}}}i.

√hit v* à <√hit, v*>ii.

<√hit, v*>
that…

In this analysis, pair-Merge externally applies and forms the amalgam <√think, v*>.
The amalgamation, thereby, makes both the uPhi of v* and phase-hood of v* invisible.
19

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

Therefore, the failure of the agreement will not happen as there is no (visible) uPhi in<√think, v*>.

In addition, because √think alone cannot label but <√think, v*> can (seeChomsky (2015a: 12)), labeling takes place unproblematically.

Epstein, Kitahara andSeely (2016) expand this new type of rule application, external pair-Merge of heads, toother constructions.

“[P]hase-cancellation by external pair-Merge of heads takes placein verbal phrases with passive, raising, unaccusative and bridge verbs” (Epstein, Kitahara
and Seely (2016: 97)).

Therefore, we do not need to stipulate the weak v (see Chomsky(2001)); the phase-head v(*) is always strong.
The analyses by Chomsky (2013, 2015a) and Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016)
contribute to the theory of the Minimalist Program in that they apparently conform to the
UG-based Merge and the third factor.

Nevertheless, pair-Merge has enormous influenceon syntactic computation, although it should not exist as a primitive operation on purely
conceptual grounds.
(2a)).

First, pair-Merge is not the UG-based-simplest Merge (α, β) (i.e.

Second, pair-Merge (α, β) = <α, β> (i.e. (2b)) is not simple as it has the orderedpair created by the adjunction on a separate plane.

Pair-Merge is not, therefore, ideal insyntactic theory in terms of evolvability and simplicity.
The metaphorical notion separate plane is stipulated by Chomsky (2004: 117–118).
According to him, SO on a separate plane becomes invisible because the operation sees
SO only on a primary plane, which is the simple structure.7

This mechanism, however,does not work well in the current framework developed by Chomsky (2013, 2015a) and
Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016).

Let us consider the typical transitive structure andthe derivation of {John, {<√hit, v*>, {Mary, {t√hit, tMary}}}} in (7) as if Chomsky’s (2004)
account of pair-Merge were tenable.

When the verbal root √hit internally pair-merges

to v*, √hit attaches on a separate plane.

Hence, √hit becomes invisible, contrary toChomsky’s (2015a) account shown in (7vi).

This contradiction does not entirely

terminate the system in (7) because v* empirically adjoins to √hit as Chomsky (2015a:

7

Chomsky (2004: 118) proposes an optional operation SIMPL (simplification) which converts anordered pair to an unordered set when Transfer applies. Thus, the mate to the other SO becomesvisible if SIMPL applies to the ordered pair containing them.

20

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

It is, nevertheless, problematic on purely conceptual grounds.8

12) notes.

syntactic theory should dispense with the stipulation of separate plane.

Therefore,

Alternatively,

one might add the notion of direction to Merge for eliminating the notion of a separate
plane.

That is, in the case of (7), √hit literally moves to v* and attaches to it.

Thisspatial movement is clearly not an ideal resolution because it makes Merge much more
complex, going against the spirit of simplest Merge.
Another problem is that the system in Chomsky (2015a) largely depends on theinvisibility of affixes without conceptually firm ground.

In other words, there is noconceptually firm ground on which the claims of invisibility of affixes are based.
Affixes, say v* and C, are trivially visible because Merge externally applies to these in
the first place.

That is, affixes do not have the special property which makes theminvisible in ordered pairs.

Then, what makes affixes invisible in ordered pairs?

(11) Problems of Pair-Merge of Heads in Chomsky (2015a):a.

Pair-Merge of heads necessarily involves a separate plane as far as it isa syntactic operation.

b.

There is no affixal property which makes affixes invisible in orderedpairs.

In the next section, I reformulate pair-Merge by employing ZFC (Zermelo-Fraenkel SetTheory with the Axiom of Choices).

2.3

Proposal: A Solution with ZFC
Syntactic structure has been formally defined by set-theoretic relations in the

Minimalist Program since the introduction of the bare phrase structure theory by
8

An anonymous reviewer points out that Chomsky (2015a) no longer assumes the separate plane.

Because Chomsky (2015a) does not discuss pair-Merge of phrases, it seems that he discards thisproblematic plane.

However, his later work (see Chomsky, Gallego and Ott (to appear) and

Chomsky (2017a)) still adopts Chomsky’s (2004) version of pair-Merge. Thus, as far as assuming
pair-Merge is a syntactic operation, pair-Merge of heads necessarily involves the separate plane.

21

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

Chomsky (1995a, b) (cf. (14)).

In Chomsky (1995a, b), Merge used to contain a label

and a projection in its definition which was Merge = {α2, {α1, β}} where α2 is a label, andthe outer brackets denote a projection (see Seely (2006)).

Simplest Merge, however,does not contain a label and a projection as in (2a); Merge just takes two elements α, βand forms the simplest set-theoretic object {α, β}.

Because syntactic theory has taken

advantage of set theory, it is not impossible to reformulate pair-Merge by adopting adefinition of an ordered pair in ZFC.
In ZFC or basic set theory, the widely accepted definition of an ordered pair is asfollows (see Kuratowski (1921), Bagaria (2014), etc.):(12) <α, β> = {{α}, {α, β}}This defines an ordered pair based on an unordered set in that the property of the orderedpair “<a, b>=<c, d> ↔ a=c∧b=d” also holds in “{{a}, {a, b}}={{c}, {c, d}} ↔ a=c∧
b=d.”

If we adopted this definition in syntactic theory, we could successfullyreformulate pair-Merge based on Merge.

That is because the ordered pair <α, β> isequal to the unordered sets {{α}, {α, β}} which Merge could form.

However, asingleton set {α} typically does not exist in syntax; singleton sets are redundant. 9Computational atoms are generally assumed to be LI (Lexical Items) (i.e. functional heads
and roots in the current framework) in syntactic theory. 10

Assuming α and β arecomputational atoms, one might say {α} corresponds to a non-branching projection by
LI in X´-theory, but bare phrase structure theory has abandoned such projection (seeChomsky (1995a, b)).

Also, Merge equally applies to both LI and sets of SO.

That is,both are SO, as Collins (2014: 3) describes in (13).

9

At least a noun might be the singleton set in terms of unvalued features, according to Kayne (2011).

However, his analysis might not be relevant if we consider the view of anti-lexicalism (see Marantz(1997) and other related work).
10

In Distributed Morphology (Halle and Marantz (1993), Marantz (1997, 2005, 2013), Embick andMarantz (2008), etc.), abstract morphemes (i.e. categorizers/functional heads and roots) are assumed
to be computational atoms in syntax. This view clearly affects the current framework of syntax.
For related approaches, see Borer (2003), her subsequent work and Mateu (1997, 2002, 2010, 2012,2014) as well.

22

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads(13)

X is a syntactic object iffi.

X is a lexical item, orii.

X is a set of syntactic objects.

The distinction between {α} and α is significant in set theory because {α} is not a member,but α is. In set theory, objects are either members of sets or not.

In contrast, this is notvery important in syntactic theory because both SO {α} and LI α are SO as in (13).
other words, both LI and SO can be terms in the technical sense.

In

As for term, I adopt

the simplified definition by Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2012: 262, 2015: 162), which
was originally proposed by Seely (2006: 201) (see also Chomsky (1995a, b), (2008: 158,
fn. 16)).

(14)

For any structure K,i.

K is a term of K, andii.

if L is a term of K, then the members of L are terms of K.

Furthermore, computation clearly causes total chaos if it freely allows the formation of asingleton set without independent evidence. 11

Therefore, I adopt an alternative

definition of an ordered pair in ZFC (see Tourlakis (2003: 182–183) and other relatedwork).

(15)<α, β> = {α, {α, β}}Note that this definition also satisfies the characteristic property of ordered pairs: “{a, {a,b}}={c, {c, d}} ↔ a=c∧b=d.”11(Simplest) Merge naturally forms a singleton set in arithmetic if there is only one element (seeChomsky (2012: 15, 263)). Merge yields the natural number system as follows: Merge takes 0 andrecursively forms {0} = 1, {0, {0}} = {{0}} = 2, {0, {0, {0}}} = {{{0}}} = 3, … This case isirrelevant to the singleton formation of LI since Merge needs to apply to only one element in arithmetic.

23

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

Assuming that (15) also holds in syntactic theory, I propose to reformulate pairMerge of heads as follows:(16)

Pair-Merge of heads formulated by Simplest Merge (PM by SM):a.

Pair-Merge (α, β) = Merge (α, (α, β)) = Merge (α, {α, β}) = {α, {α, β}}= <α, β>b.

Pair-Merge (α, β) = Merge (β, (α, β)) = Merge (β, {α, β}) = {β, {α, β}}= <β, α>In this proposal, the original formulation of pair-Merge in (2b) is reformulated by simplest
Merge in (2a) under the definition of an ordered pair in ZFC (see (15)).12

Consequently,

pair-Merge is to take two elements (e.g. α, β) and form a simple set (i.e. {α, β}), and thento take one element in the set (i.e. α in {α, β}) and the set (i.e. {α, β}) and form anothersimple set (i.e. {α, {α, β}}).

In short, pair-Merge is Merge×2.

I call this new kind ofrule application Pair-Merge of heads formulated by Simplest Merge (PM by SM for
expository purposes).

Also, {α, {α, β}} (or {β, {β, α}}) in (16) is called a derivational

ordered pair in this paper (cf. (17), note 13).
I assume α and β are atomic elements in this reformulation.

As an anonymous

reviewer and Yukio Oba (p.c.) point out, we could expand the double application of
simplest Merge, forming a derivational ordered pair, to sets (i.e. XP-level objects).

Yet,this has an empirical problem under the current minimalist system (Chomsky (2013,2015a)).

Reconsider the formation of {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}} in (7).

When Mergeinternally forms δ, it is the equivalent of {α, {α, β}} if we assume α may be an XP-levelobject. Namely, {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}} is interpreted as <Mary, √hit>, though it istrivial that δ is not an adjunct-structure.
12

It, nevertheless, seems worth exploring thisThe proposed definition of pair-Merge of heads is not an elementary operation, but it is a new typeof application of set-Merge of heads. Accordingly, an anonymous reviewer indicates that it seems
confusing to use the terminology “pair-Merge” of heads. To avoid such a confusing situation, I put
the word informally when using pair-Merge as the informal cover term of PM by SM. See also note
14.

24

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

expansion for the quest of eliminating pair-Merge of phrases.

I will explore thepossibility of PM by SM applying to phrases in chapter 3.
Under proposal (16), let us consider the case of <√think, v*> in (9), employing thegraph-theoretic notation informally.
higher copy from the lower copy.

Regarding the notation, I do not distinguish theNamely, the lower copy √think in {√think, {√think,v*}} (see (17iii)) is not represented by using t.

(17)

Derivational Steps of <√think, v*>:i.

External Merge (√think, v*)v*
ii.

√thinkInternal Merge (√think, {√think, v*})√thinkv*

iii.

√think{√think {√think, v*}} = <√think, v*>√thinkv*√thinkIn the final step, {√think, {√think, v*}} is recognized as <√think, v*> in syntax.
Namely, what the graph-theoretic notations in (17ii–iii) mean is that the ordered pair<√think, v*> is derivationally {√think, {√think, v*}} (i.e. (17ii)) but representationally<√think, v*> (i.e. (17iii)).13

The notion of an ordered pair <α, β> is not abandoned since

it is interpreted as adjunction at the CI interface and the process of externalization (see13

Hence, {α, {α, β}} (or {β, {β, α}}) in (16) is called a derivational ordered pair in this paper.

25

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

Chomsky (2004)).

Thus, unless stipulated, the notion <α, β> is automatically available

in syntax (under the definitions of (15) and (16)).14
mother node of {√think, v*} is not a label.

Note that √think on the so-called

The graph-theoretic notation in (17iii) justindicates that it is the amalgam <√think, v*>, and v* is an adjunct. 15

Informally,<√think, v*> is not a phrase but a verbalized word.
PM by SM (16) is simpler than the original definition of pair-Merge in that it
eliminates a primitive operation, namely pair-Merge, along with a problematic separate
plane.

In addition to the simplification achieved by eliminating an entire plane and aproblematic one at that, postulating no operation is undoubtedly simpler than postulating
an operation.

Furthermore, Merge × 2 is not complicated.

That is because theapplication of Merge is costless; hence the free application of Merge.

We freely apply

recursive Merge as many times as we want (the basic properties of discrete infinity anddisplacement).

Notice that {α, {α, β}} = <α, β> in (16) is not an operation.

As

discussed above, it indicates that {α, {α, β}} can be representationally interpreted as <α,β> under (15); hence (17iii).

Hereafter, I use <α, β> and {α, {α, β}} interchangeably as

far as α and β are heads, but it does not mean there is a pure syntactic object like <α, β>.
<α, β> is {α, {α, β}}, which is formed by PM by SM (i.e. Merge × 2).
As has been discussed above, one element in an ordered pair is invisible.
property is explained by the basic quality of an ordered pair.

14

This

That is, in <α, β> (i.e. {α,An anonymous reviewer wonders why the proposed definition in (16) is essential if the notion ofordered sets is available in syntax. The proposed definition is significant because it eliminates anoperation, pair-Merge of heads. In other words, the elementary operation, pair-Merge is discarded,
but the notion of ordered sets is not discarded in (16).
15Interestingly, {α, {α, β}} used to be the definition of Merge in syntactic theory in Chomsky (1995a,b). As an anonymous reviewer mentions, this traditional definition Merge = {α, {α, β}} could be
redefined in terms of ordered sets which include the information about the word order. As Chomsky(2017a) states, however, an ordered pair does not impose any linear order. Also, even if we adopt
Merge = {α, {α, β}}, we still have two primitive operations, Merge = {α, {α, β}} and Merge = {α, β}.
Again, the problem of evolvability emerges; how does Merge = {α, {α, β}} emerge suddenly on theevolutionary timescale?

As far as evolvability is concerned, simplest Merge must be the soleoperation for the basic property of recursive generation.

26

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads{α, β}}), α uniquely identifies β without seeing β as ƒ(α) = β corresponds with <α, β>.
In ƒ(α) = β, we only take care of α when determining β but not vice versa.
in <α, β> is invisible.
= v*.

Therefore, βIn the case of <√think, v*> in (17), v* is invisible since ƒ(√think)

Furthermore, as Chomsky (2015a) also notes that the ordered pair <α, β> is anamalgam, we can recognize it as a single object.
been part of the head √think in <√think, v*>.

Thus, v* is invisible because it has

We regard <√think, v*> as the single

verbalized head √think including v* which is invisible with regard to uPhi and phasehood in syntax.16
The proposal, therefore, resolves the problems of the original formulation of pairMerge (see (11)).

The irreducible component of UG, simplest Merge eliminates theoperation pair-Merge of heads, which involves the dubious separate plane and thequestionable property of affixes discussed above.
This logic above immediately suggests the following interesting prediction.

The

reverse ordered pair <v*, √think>, which is {v*, {v*, √think}}, is freely formed by Merge.
That is, there are two logically possible cases of an ordered pair unless it is arbitrarily
stipulated.

One case is (16a), and the other is (16b).

Therefore, <v*, √think> entails

that v* is visible, but √think is invisible; the invisibility does not relate to the dubious
notions of the separate plane and the affixal property.

This conceptually ideal

assumption (in terms of evolvability, simplicity and the SMT) is supported by several
empirical facts presented in the following sections (2.4, 2.5 and 2.6).

Before moving to

the next section, however, we will reconsider some simple structures and derivations.
First, reconsider the following structure and derivation for the matrix v*P phase of
the bridge verb construction, John thinks that she will sing (see (9)) under proposal (16)(bold parts below are the entirely new analyses entailed by PM by SM):

(18)
16

{John, {{√think, {√think, v*}}, {that, …}}}

I assume the substantial property of v* is visible at least at the CI interface and at the process ofexternalization, following the implication by Chomsky (2015a) and Epstein, Kitahara and Seely(2016). If the entire property of v* in <√root, v*> is invisible there, the ordered pair cannot get thelegitimate interpretation. See also note 7.

27

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

After the embedded CP phase {that, …} has been formed, …
i.

Merge externally forms {√think, v*}, and then internally forms{√think, {√think, v*}}: v* becomes invisible thanks to the basic
quality of an ordered pair.

(I.e., {√think, {√think, v*}} formed by

PM by SM is representationally interpreted as the ordered pair<√think, v*>.)ii.

Merge externally forms {John, {{√think, {√think, v*}}, {that, …}}}.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is as follows:(19){John, {{√think, {√think, v*}}, {that, …}}}i.
√think√think=v*√thinkv*√thinkii.

John√thinkv* √think that…

The derivation of the bridge verb construction no longer involves external pair-Merge asa primitive operation.

The v* in {√think, {√think, v*}} becomes invisible for the basic

quality of an ordered pair.
second.

In (18i), Merge externally applies first and internally applies

This type of application of PM by SM is called in this paper the external

application of PM by SM for expository purposes.
Second, we reconsider the following typical transitive structure for the v*P phase ofJohn hit Mary under proposal (16):28

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads(20){John, {{√hit, {√hit, v*}}, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {γ √hit, Mary}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {John, {v*, {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}}}: √hit
inherits features from v*.

iv.

Merge internally forms {√hit, v*}, and then {√hit, {√hit, v*}}: v*
becomes invisible.

(I.e., {√hit, {√hit, v*}} formed by PM by SM isrepresentationally interpreted as the ordered pair <√hit, v*>.)v.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal search: δ and γ are labeled
as <Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

vi.

The complement of t√hit gets transferred.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is presented below:(21){John, {{√hit, {√hit, v*}}, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}}}}i–iii.

John
v*
Mary
√hituPhitMaryt√hituPhi

tMary

iv.

John

√hit

Mary
√hit

v*

29

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

v–vi.

John

<Phi, Phi>

√hit
√hit

√P
v* Mary

Transfer
t√hit

tMary

In (20iv), Merge internally forms {√hit, {√hit, v*}} under the internal application of PM
by SM.

Such a v* becomes invisible due to the basic property of an ordered pair.

Also,

it is necessary to change the order of the application for PM by SM since pair-Merge isreformulated to be Merge.
of PM by SM. 17

There is an independent motivation for changing the order

Because (internal) pair-Merge of heads is a special operation in

Chomsky’s (2015a) system (cf. Nomura (2017: 399, fn. 3)), it could be applied just before
Transfer (see (7)).

Given that labeling is part of Transfer (Chomsky (2015a: 6)), it is,nevertheless, dubious that pair-Merge applies between labeling and actual Transfer aslong as we assume pair-Merge is a syntactic operation.
should apply just before labeling.
in the canonical derivation.

Therefore, internal PM by SM

In other words, this timing is after feature inheritance

One might say that √hit in the derivational ordered pair{√hit, {√hit, v*}} bears uPhi, and it causes the derivation to crash with the violation of
Full Interpretation.

Adapting Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2017) and Kitahara (2017),

I assume that the valuation of uPhi on any copy satisfies Full Interpretation.
assumption is plausible because every copy is, in effect, the same element.

This

The other

aspects in (20) are the same as those of the normal transitive sentences such as (7).
It is logically possible in (20) that freely applying Merge forms the reverse orderedpair {v*, {√hit, v*}}, but this leads to empirically unwelcome results.

Direct objects

are empirically extractable, but the direct object Mary is transferred at the v*P phase since
the phase-hood of v* is activated on {v*, {√hit, v*}}.
17

Also, {v*, {√hit, v*}} implies a

As mentioned in section 2.2, it is the null hypothesis that pair-Merge applies freely in any order aswell as Merge.

See Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016), Mizuguchi (2016), Nomura (2017) andSugimoto (2016) for this topic.

30

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

non-default semantic effect; √hit is interpreted as MANNER since it modifies v* as an
adjunct. For MANNER adjunction, see Marantz (2005, 2013), Acedo-Matellán (2010),
Acedo-Matellán and Mateu (2014), among others.
There remain two theory-internal concerns in (20).

The first one is that the internal(pair-)Merge of heads in (20iv) apparently causes the problem of multidimensionality,
which is a ternary relation (see Chomsky (2007: 6, 2013: 40, fn. 20, 2015b: 82)).

Merge

is binary but not ternary, quaternary or more in terms of simplicity and computational
efficiency.
search.

That is, multidimensionality violates Merge’s requirement for minimal

As for the ternary relation, Chomsky (2015b: 82) notes that “[y]ou’re ﬁnding

one item in the workspace, you find something inside it – that’s two – and then you’reﬁnding a third one which you attach this to.” For example, in (20iv), PM by SM finds{John, {v*, {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}}} first, it finds v* second and finds √hit last; this is
the ternary relation.

This problem is, however, not serious because the original internal

pair-Merge of heads is also ternary in this sense.

For instance, in (7vi), pair-Merge finds{John, {v*, {Mary, {√hit, tMary}}}} first, it finds v* second, and then it finds √hit as far
as internal pair-Merge is one type of Merge.

It is, therefore, reasonable to assume thatmorphological Merge(r) only sees atomic elements which are morphemes, heads orlexical items.18

As discussed in (13), it is not incomprehensible that we assume Merge

treats both a lexical item and a syntactic set similarly as SO.

However, minimal searchfor Merge can distinguish them because minimal search for labeling recognizes lexical
items to be simpler.

I tentatively assume Merge takes advantage of this distinction when

we apply morphological Merge(r) (16) which ultimately forms a derivational ordered pair.

(22)

Merge only sees relevant heads iff it applies to lexical items. (tentative)

This kind of requirement is essential whether we assume PM by SM or not as far as
internal pair-Merge of heads applies in syntax.

18

It furthermore suggests that feature

Here, morphological Merge(r) simply means that Merge applies to two atomic elements.

Morphological Merger was first proposed by Marantz (1981).

31

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

inheritance activates condition (22) because PM by SM internally forming a derivational
ordered pair such as (20iv) applies just after feature inheritance.

Assumption (22) is,

therefore, finally formulated as follows:(23)

Merge only sees relevant heads iff feature inheritance has established therelation of two lexical items.

The case of PM by SM externally forming a derivational ordered pair (informally,
external pair-Merge) such as (18i) is, of course, independent of (23) (and (22)).
Assumption (23) further suggests that feature inheritance is a special case of minimal
search because minimal search may establish relations.

Its special case is probably

minimal search by uPhi for determining a receiver of uPhi.
As an alternative solution to the problem of multidimensionality, we can adopt theidea by T. Daniel Seely (p.c.) and Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2014b).

He or they

assume that external Merge of heads establishes the relation of v*-√root (or C-T).

In

their assumption, Merge forms {IA, {{v*, √root}, …}} and then internally forms {v*,{IA, {{tv*, √root}, …}}} in the normal course of a derivation (IA: internal argument).
In v*P, internal pair-Merge finally forms {<√root, v*>, {IA, {{tv*, t√root}, …}}}.

If thisis tenable, the analogous effect to condition (23) holds since the v*-√root relation has
been established by the first external Merge of v*-√root.

I would like to return to theissues concerning (23) in chapter 4.
The second technical concern is a problem of replacement by counter-cyclic internal
Merge (see Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2012, 2013, 2014)).

Epstein, Kitahara andSeely (2012) critically discuss that internal Merge cannot form {C, {EA, {T, {tEA,{…}}}}} after {C, {α T, {EA, {…}}}} has been created as long as Merge forms thesimplest sets.19

If Merge first yields “{C, { T, {EA, {…}}}}” and then “{β EA, {T, {tEA,{…}}}},” that is all.

Internal Merge cannot create the following set: “{C, {β EA, {T,{tEA, {…}}}}}” because the set α must be replaced with β.
19

EA: external argument.

32

That is, the counter-cyclic

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

internal Merge requires the additional operation replacement.

Therefore, theapplication of Merge should be strictly cyclic in the current minimalist model.

PM by

SM potentially has this replacement problem.

Let us consider the creation of {John, {αv*, {Mary, {√hit, tMary}}}} in (20)–(21).

In this derivation, specifically (20iii–iv),

Merge first yields {John, {v*, {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}}} and then {{√hit, {√hit, v*}}, {δMary, {γ t√hit, tMary}}}, and that is all.

The problem is that we might need to assume thatthe counter-cyclic internal Merge has replacement to yield {John, {{√hit, {√hit, v*}}, {δMary, {γ t√hit, tMary}}}}.
complex.

This assumption is not possible because it makes Merge

However, we could avoid this problem without assuming replacement.

It seems that v* and {√hit, {√hit, v*}} (or <√hit, v*>) are, in a sense, the same object.
Recall that v* and {√hit, {√hit, v*}} are both heads.

In other words, v* and the head{√hit, {√hit, v*}} should be the object bearing identical properties if we consider the No
Tampering Condition.

The property of syntactic objects should not be tampered by theapplication of Merge.

I assume that the feature inheritance of √hit and v* ensures theuniformity of these heads.

The properties of these heads are identical because {√hit,{√hit, v*}} is a head, and √hit inherits all features from v*.
hold unless it is proved to be wrong.

This reasoning seems to

In the next section, it will be shown that PM by

SM explains some empirical facts about the double object construction.

2.4

Case 1: The Double Object Construction
Given the proposal PM by SM, neither the separate plane nor the affixal property

contributes to the invisibility of adjuncts.

This view is supported by a widely known

phenomenon: the (non-)extractability of grammatical objects in the double object
construction.

(24)

a.

What did Mary give John twhat?

b.

* Who did Mary give twho the book?

Direct objects are extractable as in (24a), but indirect objects are not as in (24b).

To

explain the facts under PM by SM, I adopt Harley and Jung’s (2015: 716) argument
33

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

structure of the double object construction illustrated below (see also Harley (1995,
2002)):(25)

Mary gave John the book:[[D Mary] [√give-v [[D John] [PHAVE [the book]]]]]For expository purposes, the graph-theoretic notation of their structure is shown below:(26)

John gave Mary a book:(Harley and Jung (2015: 716))

In their structure, √give directly adjoins to the transitive v, and PHAVE is a preposition
denoting prospective possession.

√give like other double object verbs is an adjunctwhich modifies the causative/transitive event under the version of Distributed
Morphology that Harley and Jung (2015) adopt.

Such modifiers specify the manner ofthe event by virtue of the adjunct position (MANNER adjunction).20

20

Also, adopting the

They do not explicitly state how √give semantically functions as MANNER. However, the core

meaning of double object verbs (i.e. X causes Y to have Z) is clearly expressed by [Subj [vcause [Obj1[PHAVE Obj2]]]] (vcause for transitive/causative event) without a verbal root. See Marantz (2005, 2013),

34

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

basic derivational steps under freely applying Merge and labeling by minimal search in
Chomsky (2015a) and Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016) as discussed in section 2.2, PM
by SM entails the following structure and derivation for the v*P phase of Mary gave Johnthe book (bold parts below are the entirely new analyses entailed by PM by SM):(27)

{Mary, {{v*, {v*, √give}}, {δ John, {γ PHAVE, the book}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {John, {PHAVE, the book}}.

ii.

Merge externally forms {v*, √give} and internally forms {v*, {v*,√give}}: √give becomes invisible.

(I.e., {v* {v*, √give}} formed by

PM by SM is representationally interpreted as the ordered pair <v*,
√give >.)
iii.

Merge externally forms {Mary, {{v*, {v*, √give}}, {John, {PHAVE, thebook}}}}, and PHAVE inherits features from v*.

iv.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal search, and the complementof {v*, {v*, √give}} (= <v*, √give >) gets transferred.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is illustrated below:(28){Mary, {{v*, {v*, √give}}, {δ John, {γ PHAVE, the book}}}}
i.

John
PHAVE

the book

ii.
v*
v*

=
√give

v*

√give

v*

Acedo-Matellán (2010), Acedo-Matellán and Mateu (2014), Mateu (2002) and other related work on
this topic.

35

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

iii.

Mary
√give

v*
v*

<Phi, Phi>
PHAVEPJohnPHAVEuPhi

the bookiv.
Transfer
Maryv*√give v*<Phi, Phi>
PHAVEPJohn
PHAVE

the book

In (27ii), instead of applying external pair-Merge of heads by Epstein, Kitahara and Seely(2016), Merge simply applies twice for forming the derivational ordered pair on accountof proposal (16).

Additionally, if PHAVE inherits features from v* in the way that T

inherits features from C, PHAVE and its SPEC (i.e. DP John) share features (or agree).
Thus, δ gets labeled as <Phi, Phi>, and γ gets labeled as PHAVEP.
phasing as in (7vi) does not occur.

Consequently, de-Instead, the complement of the original phase headv* (i.e. the complement of {v*, {v*, √give}}) gets transferred in (27iv) because the v* is
visible for the reasons discussed in section 2.3.
Crucially, the standard external pair-Merge of heads as in Epstein, Kitahara and Seely(2016) cannot explain the derivation of (25).

That is because the standard external pair-Merge relies on the invisibility of affixes.

If we adopt the standard pair-Merge, thederivation proceeds as follows.

First, external pair-Merge yields <√root, v*> before

external (set-)Merge applies to v*.

Second, the v* including Phi becomes invisible since

Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016) assume the invisibility of affixes which was originallysuggested by Chomsky (2015a).

(Recall that this invisibility is dubious because we do

not have any conceptual reason why it becomes invisible in an ordered pair but is visible
in other situations.)

Finally, labeling and Agree fail because there is no candidate for36

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

the indirect object to agree with; the derivation crashes (see also (33)).
hand, PM by SM can explain the derivation of (25) as shown in (27).

On the other

PM by SM thus

has an empirical advantage over the standard external pair-Merge of heads in that PM by
SM freely allows two patterns of a derivational ordered pair (i.e. {v* {v*, √give} and{√give, {√give, v*}}}.
The analysis in (27) explains the empirical facts in (24).

Note that the shaded parts

below indicate that they have been transferred in the v*P phase.

(29)

a.

What did Mary twhat give John twhat?

b.

* Who did Mary twho give twho the book?

c.

* ___ did Mary give who the book?

First, in the double object construction, the preposition PHAVE licenses Case on the direct
object in the same way that the typical prepositions do.21

Therefore, the direct object

can internally merge from the original position to the edge of v*P, and then to SPEC-C
after the introduction of C in (29a).

Notice that if what remains at the original position,

the sentence is interpreted as not a wh-question but a yes-no question which is gibberish(see Chomsky (2015a: 8)).

In other words, the Q feature on the wh-phrase cannot get

the correct operator-variable interpretation.

Second, in (29b), the computation (i.e.

minimal search) fails to value both uCase (unvalued Case) on the indirect object and uPhi
on PHAVE inheriting it from v* (see (27iii)).

Once the indirect object who internallymerges to the v*P, the lower copy twho becomes invisible.

That is, minimal search (i.e.

Agree) cannot value unvalued features, but both twho bearing uCase and PHAVE bearing
uPhi get transferred.
Interpretation.
21

It leads the derivation to crash at the interface(s), violating Full

Finally, let us consider the other case in (29c); the indirect object would

An anonymous reviewer wonders why Case on the direct object is not valued as a by-product of

Phi-agreement, although uCase on the indirect object is valued in this way.

This is because theformer is not structural uCase, but inherent Case which is licensed by prepositions.

Chomsky,

Gallego and Ott (to appear) also note that one of the objects bears inherent Case in the double object
construction.

37

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

try to internally merge after agreement had been completed successfully.

In this case, itviolates the PIC (Phase Impenetrability Condition) because who gets transferred
immediately after labeling and Agree (i.e. minimal search) have taken place at the v*Pphase (see (27iv)).
The analysis above expands to a variety of movement of the objects in the double
object construction such as relativization, clefting, tough movement and topicalization.22

(30)

a.

This is the computer which Mary gave/sent the friend t.

b.

* This is the friend who Mary gave/sent t the computer.

c.

It is that computer that Mary gave/sent John t.

d.

* It is John that Mary gave/sent t that computer.

e.

That computer is impossible to give/send John t.

f.

* John is impossible to give/send t that computer.

g.

That computer, Mary gave/send John t.

h.

* John, Mary gave/send t that computer.
(cf. Oba (2005: 61))

That is simply because movement is the instantiation of the application of internal Merge.
Suppose that internal Merge applies to the indirect objects in all the deviant cases in (30).
The uCase on the indirect object and uPhi on PHAVE get transferred since there is no visible
indirect object at SPEC-PHAVEP.
Interpretation.

These transferred unvalued features violate Full

Hence, the derivation crashes at the interface(s).

Alternatively, even if

agreement is completed prior to the internal merger of the indirect objects at the v*Pphase, that internal merger violates the PIC.

The indirect objects have been transferredbecause they are part of the complement of the phase head v* which does not de-phase.
Thus, the empirical facts in (30) support PM by SM and the analysis in (27).

22

Oba (2005) shows that the non-extractability of indirect object is due to Th/Ex in Chomsky (2001).

Also, his subsequent work such as Oba (2016) explains the same phenomenon under Rizzi’s (2010)
criterial freezing.

38

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

As is well known, the indirect object is extractable in passives, such as John wasgiven the book.

This case is not a counterexample against the analysis above.

The

structure and derivation for the CP-v*P phase of John was given the book is shown below:(31){C, {John, {T, {{√give, {√give, v*}}, {tJohn, {PHAVE, the book}}}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {John, {PHAVE, the book}}.

ii.

Merge externally forms {√give, v*} and internally forms {√give,{√give, v*}}: v* becomes invisible.

(I.e., {√give {√give, v*}}

formed by PM by SM is representationally interpreted as theordered pair <√give, v*>.)
iii.

Merge externally forms {{√give, {√give, v*}}, {John, {PHAVE, thebook}}}: nothing gets transferred because the phase-hood of v* hasbeen canceled.

iv.

Merge externally forms {T, {{√give, {√give, v*}}, {John, {PHAVE, thebook}}}}.

v.

Merge internally forms {John, {T, {{√give, {√give, v*}}, {tJohn, {PHAVE,
the book}}}}}.

vi.

Merge externally forms {C, {John, {T, {{√give, {√give, v*}}, {tJohn,{PHAVE, the book}}}}}}: T inherits features from C.

vii.

Labeling and Agree take place at the timing of Transfer.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is illustrated below:23

(32)

23

{C, {John, {T, {{√give, {√give, v*}}, {tJohn, {PHAVE, the book}}}}}}The label of {{√give, {√give, v*}}, {tJohn, {PHAVE, the book}}} is represented as vP in the graph-theoretic notation, although its more accurate representation is {√give, {√give, v*}}P or <√give, v*>P.

39

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

i.

John
PHAVE

the book

ii.
√give
√give

=
√give

v*

√give

v*

iii.
No Transfer√give√give v*John

PHAVEuPhi

the book

iv–vi.

C
John
TuPhi

√give
√give v*tJohn
PHAVEuPhi

iv–vi.

the bookCP<Phi, Phi>
C

Transfer

TP
John

vP
T

<Phi, Phi>

√give
√give v*PHAVEPtJohn
PHAVEuPhi

40

the bookChapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

Given that Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016) note that pair-Merge externally forms<√root, v*> in passives (see section 2.2), the phase-hood of v* is canceled.

Thus, theindirect object is extractable in such a case since Merge forms {√give, {√give, v*}} in(31(31ii), and v* becomes invisible prior to feature inheritance from v* to √give.24
Let us further consider the logically possible case of (27) by virtue of freely applying
Merge.

In this case, not the verbal root but the affix v* becomes invisible in the double

object construction.

This follows the standard analyses of the invisibility of affixes inordered pairs (see Chomsky (2015a) and Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016)).

The

alternative structure and derivation for the v*P phase of Mary gave John the book is asfollows:(33){Mary, {{√give, {√give, v*}}, {δ John, {γ PHAVE, the book}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {δ John, {γ PHAVE, the book}}.

ii.

Merge externally forms {v*, √give} and internally forms {√give,{√give, v*}}: v* becomes invisible.

(I.e., {√give {√give, v*}}

formed by PM by SM is representationally interpreted as theordered pair <√give, v*>.)
iii.

Merge externally forms {Mary, {{√give, {√give, v*}}, {δ John, {γPHAVE, the book}}}}.

iv.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal search.

However,minimal search fails to label δ and fails to value uCase on John.

24

An anonymous reviewer points out that the system in (31) cannot explain the grammaticality of thebook was given him since uCase on him is not valued.

Many speakers, however, accept suchsentences when the indirect object is cliticized.
(i)The book was given’im.

(ii) ?* The book was given him.
(iii) ?* The book was given John.
I do not explore how this cliticization works in the current framework, but the fact in (i) should betreated accordingly. Rather, the facts in (ii–iii) support the analysis in (31).

41

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

The graph-theoretic notation of this alternative structure and derivation is illustrated
below:(34){Mary, {{√give, {√give, v*}}, {δ John, {γ PHAVE, the book}}}}
i.

John
PHAVE

the book

ii.
√give
√give

=
√give

v*

√give
√give v*

δ

√give

v*

iii.

Mary

γ
John
PHAVE

the book

iv.

Mary

√give
√give v*δ=?
PHAVEP
JohnuCasePHAVE

the book

In (33ii), Merge applies twice and forms the derivational ordered pair {√give, {√give,v*}} (i.e. <√give, v*>).

Then, v* becomes invisible.

Thus, the feature inheritancefrom v* to PHAVE does not occur (cf. (27iii)); this will cause the failure of labeling andAgree in (33iv).

John and PHAVE cannot share any feature since PHAVE does not have its
42Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

own uPhi.

The v* in the double object construction (in active voice), therefore, should

be visible after Merge has formed the derivational ordered pair.

In conclusion, thetypical analysis where pair-Merge makes the affix v* invisible is no longer tenable in (27).
Notice that I assume the null hypothesis where PHAVE does not have its original uPhi,
following the general property of prepositions.
to have uPhi.

Generally, prepositions are not assumed

If prepositions had their original uPhi, they should be phase heads because

only phase heads can have uPhi as noted by Chomsky (2008).25

2.5 Case 2: The Cognate Object Construction
The cognate object construction is defined as “involving verb-noun pairs which areeither zero-related or which share a root morpheme and are not derived by means ofaffixation” (Macfarland (1995: 48)).

Typical cognate object constructions are shown

below.

(35)a.

Chris danced a traditional dance.

b.

Rose laughed a bitter laugh.

c.

Bill smiled a happy smile.

There are at least two types of cognate objects in the cognate object construction (see Oba(2013)).

(36)

(37)

25

One is referential, and the other is non-referential.

a.

Chris danced a traditional dance, and Rose danced it, too.

b.

Chris danced a traditional dance, and Rose danced one, too.

a.

* Chris danced a staggering dance, and Rose danced it, too.

b.

Chris danced a staggering dance, and Rose danced one, too.

Some prepositions (e.g. certain instances of French à) might have their own uPhi in terms of Probe-

Goal Agree if we follow Kayne (2004). However, the original Probe-Goal Agree by Chomsky (2000,
2001) does not entirely hold in the present framework developed by Chomsky (2013, 2015a). Seenote 4 for Agree/Valuation in the present framework. See also Chomsky (2007) and Richards (2007)
for topics related to phase and uPhi.

43

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads((36)–(37): Oba (2013: 73))

Both it and one can make up for a traditional dance, but not a staggering dance.

Thefacts show that we cannot interpret the cognate object a staggering dance as thereferential cognate object.

Thus, a staggering dance is the non-referential cognate

object. Furthermore, the non-referential cognate object is interpreted as the MANNERadverbial.

(38)

(39)

The examples below are from Horita (1996: 239):

What (sort of dance) did the girls dance?
a.

They danced a traditional dance.

(referential)b.

* They danced a staggering dance.

(non-referential)

How did the girls dance?
a.

* They danced a traditional dance.

(referential)b.

They danced a staggering dance.

(non-referential)

In (39b), a staggering dance (non-referential) cannot be the answer of what-question, but
can be that of how-question because staggering is interpreted as the MANNER-adverbial.
Oba (2013: 72–73) reaches the conclusion that the (non-)referential cognate object is
not the adjunct but the internal argument due to several empirical facts such as though
movement, VP preposing and do so substitution (see also Macfarland (1995)).26
movement can prepose the verb and argument, but not the whole v*P.

ThoughInformally,

though movement is V´ movement but not VP movement in the X´-theoretic terms.

(40)

(41)

though movement:a.

I read that bookARGUMENT.

b.

Read that book though I did, (I didn’t understand it).

though movement:a.

26

I read that dayADJUNCT.

For the argument-hood on the cognate object, see also Hale and Keyser (2002).

44

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Headsd.

* Read that day though I did, (I didn't understand anything).
(Macfarland (1995: 103))

Moreover, VP presposing shows the similar behavior.

Informally, it can prepose theV´-level object but not the whole VP.

(42)

VP preposing:a.

I wanted Chris to read that bookARGUMENT on vacation, and read thatbook she did on vacation.

b.

* I wanted Chris to read that dayADJUNCT on vacation, and read that day
she did on vacation.
(Macfarland (1995: 103))

Oba (2013: 72) observes that both though movement and VP preposing can apply to the
cognate object construction, regardless of whether the object is referential or nonreferential.

(43)

though movement:a.

Dance a traditional dance though Chris did, no one praised her
ability.

b.

Dance a staggering dance though Chris did, no one applauded her
afterward.

(44)(referential)(non-referential)

VP preposing:a.

? I wanted Chris to dance a traditional dance at the ball, and dance a
traditional dance she did at the ball.

b.

(referential)? I wanted Chris to dance a traditional dance at the ball, and dance a
traditional dance she did at the ball.

(non-referential)((43)–(44): Oba (2013: 72))

45

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

These facts show that both referential objects and non-referential cognate objects are not
adjuncts but arguments.

According to Oba (2013), the argument-hood is also supported

by do so substitution.

As is well known, do so substitutes for the verb and argument,

which is informally V´-level.

(45)

do so substitution:a.

I saw Chris that day, and John did so, too.

b.

* I saw Chris that day, and John did so Susan, too.
(Oba (2013: 72))

In (45b), we cannot leave the object Susan.

Oba (2013) observes the same pattern in theboth types of cognate object constructions.

(46)

do so substitution:a.

Chris danced a traditional dance, and Mary did so, too.

(referential)b.

* Chris danced a traditional dance, and Mary did so a popular dance, too.
(non-referential)c.

Chris danced a staggering dance, and Mary did so, too.

(referential)d.

* Chris danced a staggering dance, and Mary did so a nervous dance, too.
(non-referential)(Oba (2013: 73))

In conclusion, cognate objects are internal arguments, regardless of whether they arereferential or non-referential.
Oba’s (2013) observations and (38b) imply that we cannot extract the non-referential
cognate object by wh-movement though it is the internal argument.

In contrast, hisobservations and (38a) show that we can extract the referential object because it is theinternal argument.

(47)

a.

The following facts support this analysis:

What traditional dance did they dance?
46(referential)

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

b. *? How staggering a dance did they dance?

(non-referential)

The (non-)extractability is also borne out by the following facts on topicalization:

(48)

a.

A traditional song, they sang.

(referential)b.

* A silly smile, John smiled.

(non-referential)

The facts in (48) also show that the referential object is extractable, but the non-referential
object is not extractable.
The proposal in (16) accounts for the (non-)extractability of the cognate object.

Iassume that v* becomes invisible in the referential cognate object construction while averbal root becomes invisible in the non-referential cognate object construction.

First,

let us consider the following structure and derivation for the v*P phase of They danced a
traditional dance (referential):27(49){they, {{√dance, {√dance, v*}}, {δ a traditional dance, {γ t√dance, ta traditional
dance}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {γ √dance, a traditional dance}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {δ a traditional dance, {γ √dance, ta traditional
dance}}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {they, {v*, {δ a traditional dance, {γ √dance, ta
traditional dance}}}}: √dance inherits features from v*.

iv.

Merge internally forms {√dance, v*}, and then {√dance, {√dance,v*}}: v* becomes invisible.

(I.e., {√dance {√dance, v*}} formed by

PM by SM is representationally interpreted as the ordered pair<√dance, v*>.)
27

The lower copy √dance (i.e. t√dance) is visible because the higher copies become part of thederivational ordered pair {√dance, {√dance, v*}} (i.e. <√dance, v*>). The same is true of (7), (51)and other derivations. See Chomsky (2015a) and Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016) for this special
property of the lower copy created by internal pair-Merge. See also note 6.

47

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Headsv.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal search: δ and γ are labeled<Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

vi.

The complement of t√dance gets transferred because the phase-hood is
activated on t√dance.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is illustrated below:(50){they, {{√dance, {√dance, v*}}, {δ a traditional dance, {γ t√dance, ta traditional
dance}}}}

i–iii.

theyv*
a traditional dance√danceuPhi

ta traditional dance

v–vi.

they

<Phi, Phi>√dance√dancev* a, …, dance√Pt√dance

Transferta traditional danceThis structure and derivation is essentially same as that of the simple transitive
construction in (20).

An anonymous reviewer mentions why the internal PM by SMfollows external Merge of the EA they. It is logically possible that it might apply before
the formation of {they, {v*, {a staggering dance, {√dance, ta staggering dance}}}} as long as
Merge applies freely.

If feature inheritance takes place after the completion of a phase(see (7)), the internal PM by SM, nevertheless, applies after the Merge of EA by virtueof condition (23).

48

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

Then, let us consider the following structure and derivation for the v*P phase of They
danced a staggering dance (non-referential):(51){they, {{v*, {v*, √dance}}, {δ a staggering dance, {γ t√dance, ta staggering dance}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {γ √dance, a staggering dance}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {δ a staggering dance, {γ √dance, ta staggering
dance}}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {they, {v*, {δ a staggering dance, {γ √dance, ta
staggering dance}}}}: √dance inherits features from v*.

iv.

Merge internally forms {v*, √dance}, and then {v*, {v*, √dance}}:√dance becomes invisible.

(I.e., {v* {v*, √dance}} formed by PM

by SM is representationally interpreted as the ordered pair <v*,
√dance>.)v.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal search: δ and γ are labeled<Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

vi.

<Phi, Phi> (i.e. δ) gets transferred.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is illustrated below:(52){they, {{v*, {v*, √dance}}, {δ a staggering dance, {γ t√dance, ta staggering dance}}}}i–iii.

theyv*
a staggering dance√danceuPhi

49

ta staggering danceChapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

v–vi.
Transferthey<Phi, Phi>v*√dance√P
v* a, …, dancet√danceta staggering dance

In (51iv), √dance becomes invisible as opposed to several transitive/unergative cases in(18), (20) and (49).

This point is similar to the case of the double object construction in(27) except that (pair-)Merge internally applies to the root √dance in (51iv).

In (51iv),

the phase-hood of v* is active, and the complement of {v*, {v*, √dance}} (i.e. <Phi,Phi>) gets transferred.
It is also crucial that a verbal root (e.g. √dance) specifies the manner of the verbal
event (i.e. v*) as an adjunct (cf. (25) and note 20).

The non-referential cognate object

construction is clearly related to the manner of the event as shown in (39); (39b) can be
the answer to the how-question.

The verbal root in (51iv), therefore, needs to be an

adjunct of v* so that the non-referential cognate object construction conveys the correctinterpretation of MANNER at the CI interface.

However, MANNER does not relate to

the verbal event of the referential cognate object construction as shown in (38a) and (39a).
The verbal root in (49iv), therefore, should not be the adjunct of v* in terms of MANNER
adjunction. In sum, the CI interface requires the reverse ordered pair <v*, √root> in the
non-referential cognate object construction, but it requires the canonical ordered pair<√root, v*> in the referential cognate object construction although both ordered pairs are
logically possible in syntax in each construction as long as Merge applies freely.
The analyses in (49)–(51) explain why the referential cognate object is extractable,
but the non-referential cognate object is not.

(53)

a.

What traditional dance did they dance twhat traditional dance t√dance twhat
traditional dance?

b.

(referential)* ___ did they dance how staggering a dance t√dance thow staggering a dance?
50Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads(non-referential)
c. *? How staggering a dance did they thow staggering a dance dance thow staggering adance t√dance thow staggering a dance?

(non-referential)

Because the derivation of (53a) is the same as the standard transitive sentence, what
traditional dance is extractable.

In contrast, the non-referential cognate object is notextractable since the derivations of (53b, c) are essentially based on (51).

In (53b), howstaggering a dance is frozen at SPEC-√dance under PIC because it has been transferred
immediately after labeling and Agree apply at the v*P phase.

This sentence isinterpreted as a yes-no question but not as a wh-question due to the matrix QP label ([QPdid they dance, …]) (see Chomsky (2015a: 8)).
the CI interface.

Hence, this is gibberish and crashes at

In (53c), how staggering a dance internally merges to the edge of v*Pfor escaping from Transfer.

By doing so, Agree (i.e. minimal search) values neitheruCase of how staggering a dance nor uPhi of √dance which has inherited it from v*.
These unvalued features cause the violation of Full Interpretation at the CI interface.

Itis, therefore, impossible to extract non-referential cognate objects.
The proposal in (16) and the analyses in (49)–(51) account for the same effects in thecase of topicalization shown in (48).

(54)

a.

A traditional song, they sang ta traditional song t√sing ta traditional song.
(referential)b.

* ___, John smiled a silly smile t√smile ta silly smile.

(non-referential)c.

* A silly smile, John ta silly smile smiled ta silly smile t√smile ta silly smile.
(non-referential)

As discussed above in the case of wh-movement, we violate the PIC by extracting a silly
smile in (54b).

Even if it remains at the edge of v*P, the sentence is not going to be a

topicalized interpretation.

In (54c), we violate Full Interpretation due to transferred

unvalued features.

51

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

PM by SM, recall, can representationally form the reverse ordered pair <v*, √dance>.
In contrast, the standard approach to pair-Merge of heads cannot form <v*, √dance>
because it involves the invisibility of affixes or a separate plane.

Namely, the standard

pair-Merge cannot explain the non-extractability of the non-referential cognate object as
far as we assume simple transitive structures like (49) and (51) in the cognate object
construction.

This is because objects are generally extractable in terms of the ECP(Empty Category Principle) which is reanalyzed by labeling, freely applying Merge andinternal pair-Merge of heads in the recent framework of minimalist syntax (see Chomsky(2015a)).

In other words, PM by SM, freely forming {√root, {√root, v*}}, is thus

supported by the exceptions to the ECP (i.e. the indirect object in the double object
construction and the non-referential cognate object).

2.6

Case 3: The Small Clause Construction and ECM
In sections 2.4 and 2.5, we primarily discussed two cases.

One is the case of PM

by SM externally forming a derivational ordered pair (i.e. the double object construction).
The other is the case of PM by SM internally forming a derivational ordered pair (i.e. thecognate object construction).

In this section, I will show the last case of PM by SM

which externally and internally forms a derivational ordered pair in one construction, thesmall clause construction.

Furthermore, I will argue that the analyses of the small clause

construction can be expanded to the ECM construction.
In Standard English, there are small clauses taken by certain verbs, such as consider
and think, which are exemplified below:

(55)

a.

Mary considers [γ John foolish].

b.

Mary thinks [γ John foolish].

c.

John is considered [δ tJohn foolish].

d.

John is thought [δ tJohn foolish].

52

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

Rizzi (2015a) assumes that the label γ in the small clause in (55a, b) is different from thelabel δ in (55c, d).

His assumption is supported by the following facts in some varieties

of English (the examples are taken from Rizzi (2015a: 41)):(56)

Some Varieties of English:a.

* I think [γ John intelligent].

b.

John is thought [δ tJohn intelligent].

c.

A man who I think [δ twho intelligent]That is, think does not select the label γ, but it selects the label δ in (56).

In contrast,

consider (or think in Standard English) selects both γ and δ as in (55).

Importantly, γ

allows the subject of the small clause to remain in situ, but δ does not.

Rizzi (2015a)

argues that this distribution is explained by his proposal of maximality under Chomsky’s(2013) labeling algorithm.

(57)

Maximality: Phrasal movement can only involve maximal objects with agiven label.
(Rizzi (2015a: 22))

Accordingly, John in (56a) cannot move out of γ since γ is maximal, but the label of Johnis not maximal.

That is, γ is the maximal Subjdef (defective subject head), but the labelof John is the non-maximal Subjdef.

(58)

a.

* I think [γ John [Subjdef [AP intelligent]]].

b.

John is thought [δ tJohn [AP intelligent]].

c.

A man who I think [δ twho [AP intelligent]]

In his analysis, the subject of small clause γ must remain in the small clause since Subjdef
occurs in the small clause γ.

The subject John at SPEC-SubjdefP and the Subjdef share acriterial feature (i.e. +Subj), and then it causes the subject to freeze in the place (i.e.
53

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

Criterial Freezing) in terms of (57).

In other words, John cannot move because the labelof John is not maximal, but γ (i.e. SubjdefP) is maximal.
is assumed to be AP (or a functional head about Phi).

On the other hand, the label δ

The subject of δ must move fromSPEC-AP for labeling δ since they do not share any criterial feature.

In sum, the subject

in γ must remain in γ, but the subject in δ must move out of δ.
Rizzi (2015a) adopts Chomsky’s (2013) labeling algorithm shown in (3). Rizzi,
however, does not adopt the timing of labeling explicitly shown by Chomsky (2015a).
In Rizzi’s analysis, labels are determined immediately after Merge applies in order toobtain the unmovable property of maximal objects (57).

Thus, labeling is not part ofTransfer in his system, contrary to Chomsky (2013, 2015a).
It is problematic to postulate the features not inherent to lexical items such as
discourse-related criterial features (e.g. Subj, Topic, Focus) in terms of the InclusivenessCondition (see Chomsky, Gallego and Ott (to appear)).

In addition, the maximality

principle in (57) is unnecessary if the PIC can replace it.

PM by SM (16) and selectional

properties of verbs explain the interesting facts in (55)–(56) without postulating Rizzi’s(2015) Subjdef and his maximality principle.

The non-extractability of the small clausesubject is ultimately explained by the PIC and Full Interpretation under PM by SM.

First

of all, I borrow Larson’s (1988: 349) structure of the small clause construction for thetype γ.28(59)

Mary [√consider-v* [γ John [t√consider intelligent]]].

Adopting this structure and PM by SM, we will consider the following structure andderivation for the v*P phase of Mary considers John intelligent:

(60)

28

{Mary, {{v*, {v*, √consider}}, {γ John, {ι t√consider, intelligent}}}}In Larson’s original notation, v* and √consider are represented as a double V. This Larsonian

VP-shell structure corresponds to v* and a verbal root in the current minimalist framework.

54

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

i.

Merge externally forms {Mary, {v*, {γ John, {ι √consider,
intelligent}}}}: √consider inherits features from v*.

ii.

Merge internally forms {v*, √consider}, and then {v*, {v*,√consider}}: √consider becomes invisible.

(I.e., {v* {v*,√consider}} formed by PM by SM is representationally interpreted
as the ordered pair <v*, √consider>.)iii.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal search: γ and ι are labeled<Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

iv.

<Phi, Phi> (i.e. γ) gets transferred.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is illustrated below:(61){Mary, {{v*, {v*, √consider}}, {γ John, {ι t√consider, intelligent}}}}
i–ii.

Mary
v*
John
√consideruPhi

intelligent

iii–vi.
TransferMary<Phi, Phi>v*
√consider

√P
v*

John
t√consider

intelligent

In (60ii), Merge internally forms the set {v*, √consider}, and then forms the derivational
ordered pair {v*, {v*, √consider}} by PM by SM.
the non-referential cognate object construction.
position.

This pattern is the same as (51iv) in

That is, John must remain in its original

If not, it causes a violation of the PIC or Full Interpretation.
55

As for theChapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

violation of the PIC, John is forbidden to internally merge after Transfer in (60iv).
Concerning the violation of Full Interpretation, John must remain in SPEC-√consider forthe valuation of uCase or uPhi inherited to √root.

Therefore, the subject of the small

clause must remain in its original place for the type γ = <Phi, Phi>.
Suppose that (60) is on the right track, and let us consider the examples in (58) again.
In some varieties of English, I assume think has the same structure and derivation as (60).
Thus, think cannot select the label <Phi, Phi>.29

(62)

a.

* I think [γ = <Phi, Phi> John [ι = √P t√think, intelligent]].

b.

John is thought [δ tJohn intelligent].

c.

A man who I think [δ twho intelligent]

Instead, think can select the label δ which is assumed to be AP by Rizzi (2015a).

Let usconsider this type of small clause below.
As Chomsky (2013: 43–44) asserts, some small clauses have the symmetric structure[XP, YP] where XP or YP will raise in terms of labeling.

He shows that two cases (acopular structure and a split-topic construction) have this symmetric structure.
that the small clause type δ also has the symmetric structure [XP, YP].

I argue

Let us consider

the structure and derivation for CP-v*P phase of (62b): John is thought intelligent under
this assumption and PM by SM.

(63){C, {John, {T, {{√think, {√think, v*}}, {δ tJohn, intelligent}}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {John, intelligent}.

ii.

Merge externally forms {√think, v*}, and then internally forms{√think, {√think, v*}}: v* becomes invisible (phase cancellation).
(I.e.,{√think,{√think,v*}}

formed

by

PM

by

SM

is

representationally interpreted as the ordered pair <√think, v*>.)

29

Selectional properties are (if any) evaluated when Transfer applies or at the CI interface in thecurrent framework since a syntactic set is not labeled when it is formed by Merge.

56

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

iii.

Merge externally forms {T, {{√think, {√think, v*}}, {δ John,
intelligent}}}.

iv.

Merge internally forms {John, {T, {{√think, {√think, v*}}, {δ tJohn,
intelligent}}}}.

v.

Merge externally forms {C, {John, {T, {{√think, {√think, v*}}, {δ tJohn,
intelligent}}}}}: T inherits features from C.

vi.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal search: δ is labeled AP.

vii.

The complement of C gets transferred.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is illustrated below:(64){C, {John, {T, {{√think, {√think, v*}}, {δ tJohn, intelligent}}}}}
i.

John

intelligent

ii.
√think√think=√thinkv*√thinkiii–v.
CJohn
TuPhi√thinkv*√thinktJohn

57

δ
intelligentv*

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

vi–vii.

CP
Transfer<Phi, Phi>

C

TP
John

vP
T
√thinkv*√thinktJohn

δ = AP
intelligent

Following Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016), v* becomes invisible in passives when
PM by SM forms the derivational pair in (63ii).

This reminds us of the structure andderivation regarding the passive version of the double object construction in (31).
with (31), the v*P phase is canceled, and the derivation continues.

As

Thus, the label δ,which is not labeled at the v*P phase, gets labeled as AP at the CP phase thanks to theinternal merger of John in (63iv).

Furthermore, we can assume that the construction in(62c) also has the structure and derivation analogous to that of (63).
In conclusion, the structures and derivations in (60) and (63) entail that think only
selects AP in some varieties of English.

Put differently, the reverse ordered pair <v*,

think> is not allowed because the CI interface requires that think in these dialects selects
only AP.

(65)a.

* I think [γ = <Phi, Phi> John [ι = √P t√think intelligent]].

b.

John is thought [δ = AP tJohn intelligent].

c.

A man who I think [δ = AP twho intelligent]

In Standard English, however, think selects both <Phi, Phi> and AP; the subject of thesmall clause remains in situ in <Phi, Phi> but not in AP.

(66)

a.

Mary thinks [<Phi, Phi> John [√P t√think foolish]].

b.

John is thought [AP tJohn foolish].

c.

A man who I think [AP twho intelligent]58

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

The verb consider also selects both <Phi, Phi> and AP.

(67)

a.

Mary considers [<Phi, Phi> John [√P t√consider foolish]].

b.

John is considered [AP tJohn foolish].

As Rizzi (2015a) notes, this selectional property is also observed in the ECM verbs
originally shown by Postal (1974). The following facts are from Rizzi (2015a: 42):30

(68)

a.

Mary believed/*alleged [<Phi, Phi> John [√P t√believe/√allege [TP tJohn to be an
idiot]]].

b.

John was believed/alleged [TP tJohn to be an idiot].

c.

Who did John believe/allege [TP twho to be an idiot]?

The facts suggest that allege allows the ordered pair <√allege, v*> but not the reverse
order <v*, √allege> because the CI interface requires that allege-type verb selects TP but
not <Phi, Phi>.

Thus, PM by SM and the analyses about small clauses entail thefollowing structure and derivation for the matrix CP-v*P phase of John was alleged to be
an idiot in (68b):31(69){C, {John, {T, {{√allege, {√allege, v*}}, {δ tJohn, {to, …}}}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {√allege, v*}, and then internally forms{√allege, {√allege, v*}} (phase cancellation).

(I.e., {√allege, {√allege,v*}} formed by PM by SM is representationally interpreted as theordered pair <√allege, v*>.)
30

Rizzi (2015a) does not propose the structure shown in (68). This paper adopts Chomsky’s (2013:47) structure for ECM in (68a).
31

The infinitival to alone is too weak to serve as a label if it is an instantiation of the single head T.

It is plausible that we assume that to is the ordered pair <T, C> which is the other weak phase. See
Mizuguchi (2016) and Sugimoto (2016) for relevant discussions.

59

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

ii.

Merge externally forms {T, {{√allege, {√allege, v*}}, {δ John, {to,…}}}}.

iii.

Merge internally/externally forms {C, {John, {T, {{√allege, {√allege,v*}}, {δ tJohn, {to, …}}}}}}: T inherits features from C.

iv.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal search: δ is labeled TP.

v.

The complement of C gets transferred.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is shown below:(70){C, {John, {T, {{√allege, {√allege, v*}}, {δ tJohn, {to, …}}}}}}i.
√allege√allege=√allegev*√allegeii–iii.
C
John
TuPhi
√allege√allege v*tJohn
vi–vii.

δ
to, …

CP
Transfer<Phi, Phi>

C

TP
John

vP
T
√allege√allege v*
tJohn

60

δ = TP
to, ...

v*

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

The δ can be TP in (69iv) since the CI interface allows allege to select it.32

As for theunacceptable case of allege in (68a), PM by SM and the analyses about small clauses
above entail the following structure and derivation for the matrix v*P phase of *Maryalleged John to be an idiot:(71){Mary, {{v*, {√allege, v*}}, {γ John, {ι t√allege, {tJohn, {to, …}}}}}}i.

Merge forms {Mary, {v*, {γ John, {ι √allege, {tJohn, {to, …}}}}}}:√allege inherits features from v*.

ii.

Merge internally forms {√allege, v*}, and then internally forms {v*,{√allege, v*}}.

(I.e., {v* {v*, √allege}} formed by PM by SM isrepresentationally interpreted as the ordered pair <v*, √allege >.)iii.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal search: γ and ι are labeled<Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

iv.

<Phi, Phi> (i.e. γ) gets transferred.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is shown below:(72){Mary, {{v*, {√allege, v*}}, {γ John, {ι t√allege, {tJohn, {to, …}}}}}}
i.

Mary

γ
v*

ι
John
√allegeuPhi
tJohn

32

to, …

In (69iv), the notation TP is used as the cover term for the label of <T, C>. Also, note that <T,

C> is in effect {T, {T, C}} formed by the external application of PM by SM (cf. note 31).

61

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

ii.

γ

Mary
v*
√allegeιv*Johnt√allege
tJohn

to, …

iii–iv.
TransferMary

γ = <Phi, Phi>v*
√allegeι = √Pv*

John

TPt√allege
tJohn

to, …

The γ cannot be <Phi, Phi> since the CI interface does not allow allege to select it.

Inaddition, the standard pair-Merge, recall, cannot yield the reverse ordered pair <v*,
√allege > because it only forms <√allege, v*>.
In principle, both orders for an ordered pair are available as far as Merge applies
freely, but allege-type verbs and think in a dialect only have the default order <√root, v*>.
That is, PM by SM forms the reverse order <v*, √root> only when it is necessary in termsof the requirement(s) by the interface(s).

Accordingly, one might say the process ofexternalization for the SM interface affects this phenomenon because of exceptional casesof allege-type verbs.

The following examples are borrowed from Bošković (1997: 58–59):33

(73)

33

a.

He alleged there to be stolen documents in the drawer.

Bošković (1997) owes the grammatical judgment to Howard Lasnik, Noam Chomsky, Postal(1993) and Ura (1993).

62

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Headsb.

* He alleged stolen documents to be in the drawer.

c.

He acknowledged it to be impossible to square circles.

d.

John wagered there to have been a stranger in that haunted house.

e.

* John wagered a stranger to have been in that haunted house.

f.

Mary alleged him to have kissed Jane.

g.

* Mary alleged that man to have kissed Jane.

h.

Mary never alleged him to be crazy.

i.

* Mary never alleged the students to be crazy.

The notable elements it, him and there are unstressed in (73).

Why these unstressed

elements can remain in the position is unclear because the allege-type verbs seem to select<Phi, Phi> in (73a, c, d, f, h).

Bošković (1997), however, argues that cliticization ofthese elements affects the acceptability in (73a, c, d, f, h) because the following sentences
are not acceptable:

(74)

a.

* Mary alleged him and her to have kissed Jane.

b.

* Mary never alleged him and her to be crazy.
(Bošković (1997: 59))

The empirical facts in (73)–(74) suggest that it, him or there incorporates with <√root,v*> at syntax, and this incorporation allows the allege-type verbs to select <Phi, Phi>.
Individuals may analyze the incorporation or cliticization differently, but the process ofexternalization may be irrelevant to the phenomenon in (73) if this analysis is tenable.
To pursue this possibility, we need to await the further research.

Whatever the correct

analysis is, interface conditions filter out the unacceptable structures in (73)–(74),
conforming to the SMT.
In this section, I have shown that {v*, {v*, √root}} formed by PM by SM and its
representational counterpart <v*, √root>, which the standard pair-Merge cannot yield,
explain interesting facts concerning the small clause construction and the ECM
construction under interface conditions.

PM by SM is thus supported by the selectional
63

Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

properties in those constructions.

The analyses by PM by SM have also shown that we

do not need to postulate Subj head and the maximality principle.

The former violates

the Inclusiveness Condition, and the latter is just redundant because PIC makes up for it
under PM by SM and general requirements of the CI system.

2.7

Summary
In this chapter, I have proposed that simplest Merge yields the derivational orderedpair {α, {α, β}} which is identical to the representational ordered pair <α, β> in terms of
ZFC.

Through forming this ordered pair, it is logically possible to create the canonicalorder <α, β> and the reverse order <β, α>.
invisibility of their head.
to ƒ(α) = β.

This possibility eventually contributes to the

We do not have to look at β in <α, β> because <α, β> is equal

For ƒ(α), α uniquely identifies β without looking at β.

Thus, β becomes

invisible in <α, β>, and α becomes invisible in <β, α>.
It also has been shown that this formalization of ordered pairs, PM by SM, explainsvarious empirical facts: the double object construction, the cognate object construction,
the small clause construction and the ECM construction.

Particularly, it explains the

non-extractability of an indirect object, a non-referential cognate object and agrammatical object (i.e. logical subject) in a certain small clause.

Grammatical objects

are typically extractable in terms of ECP, but these objects are not.

Hence, the proposal

in this chapter offers a principled explanation of these exceptional phenomena.

For thesmall clause construction, I have argued that the proposal of ordered pairs also accounts
for two types of small clauses observed by Rizzi (2015a) without depending on his
analysis.

It has been shown that there are at least two kinds of labels for small clauses:<Phi, Phi> and AP.

The derivational ordered pair {v*, {v*, √root}} (i.e. <v*, √root>)

is formed if the label is <Phi, Phi>.

In contrast, the derivational ordered pair {√root,{√root, v*}} (i.e. <√root, v*>) is formed if the label is AP.

Therefore, we have twokinds of structures involved in the small clause construction.

This analysis further

suggests the ECM construction also has the same two kinds of structures.
In conclusion, this chapter has shown that PM by SM conceptually and empiricallysurpasses the original definition of pair-Merge as a primitive operation; it reduces the64Chapter 2: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads

syntactic operation to the simpler system, strictly conforming to the SMT.

The “single

computational system CHL for human language” (Chomsky (1995b: 8) is, thus, Merge
which ultimately explains the evolution of the language capacity within “[t]he limited
evidence [available] from the evolutionary record” (Chomsky (2016a: 1)).

65

66

Chapter 3

Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

3.1

Introduction
I reformulated pair-Merge of heads in the previous chapter but did not propose areformulation of pair-Merge of phrases.

In this chapter, I would like to show that the

proposed PM by SM also applies to phrasal cases.

Thus, the true reformulation of pair-Merge will finally be completed in this chapter.

3.1.1

Towards the True Reformulation of Pair-Merge

I have argued that PM by SM applies only to heads/atomic elements in syntax.

But,

why? As we discussed in the previous chapter, it is logically possible for PM by SM to
apply to both X0-level heads and XP-level phrases.
raises an empirical problem.

(1)

The possibility, nevertheless, clearly

We consider the definition of PM by SM again:

Pair-Merge of heads formulated by Simplest Merge (PM by SM):

67

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrasesa.

Pair-Merge (α, β) = Merge (α, (α, β)) = Merge (α, {α, β}) = {α, {α, β}}= <α, β>b.

Pair-Merge (α, β) = Merge (β, (α, β)) = Merge (β, {α, β}) = {β, {α, β}}= <β, α>If β and α could be anything, we would have the following structure and derivation of asimple sentence, John hit Mary:1(2){John, {{√hit, {√hit, v*}}, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {γ √hit, Mary}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}.

(I.e., {δ Mary, {γ √hit,tMary}} formed by PM by SM is representationally interpreted as
the ordered pair <Mary, √hit>.)iii.

The derivation continues, but it will crash because of the derivational
ordered pair {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}.

We discussed that step (ii) is the problem in chapter 2.

Given the definition of PM by

SM, {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}} is representationally interpreted as the ordered pair <Mary,√hit> though it should not be so.

In this chapter, I obviate this unwelcome result without

adding new mechanisms that make CHL more complex in terms of methodologicalminimalism and the SMT.
The chapter is organized as follows.
SM proposed in the previous chapter.

In section 3.2, we discuss problems of PM byAdditionally, we review the approach by Oseki(2015), who eliminates pair-Merge of phrases as a primitive operation, and I point out aproblem in his approach.

Section 3.3 is the main proposal, which extends PM by SM ofheads to PM by SM of either two heads or two phrases.

In section 3.4, it will be shownthat the proposal explains the (anti-)adjunction condition effects. In Section 3.5, the1

Notice that Mary is assumed to be a set which is informally called a phrase. See section 3.6 forstructures of nominals.

68Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

proposal further accounts for the Condition C effects.

In section 3.6, we will discuss theinternal structures of nominals under the proposal.

In this section, the proposal also

explains the Specificity Effects.

Section 3.7 summarizes this chapter.

3.2

Problems

3.2.1

A Problem of PM by SM

As briefly mentioned above, PM by SM has an empirical problem if it applies to aphrase.

Namely, the phrase {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}} formed by PM by SM isrepresentationally interpreted as the ordered pair <Mary, √hit> in (2ii).

The δ should

not be an ordered pair because both uCase on Mary and uPhi on √hit need to be valued tosatisfy Full Interpretation.

Even more problematic, the lower copy of √hit, which is t√hit,

must be visible, if we consider the basic derivational system in Chomsky (2015a).
Accordingly, we have discussed that PM by SM applies only to heads, which arecomputational atoms in the narrow syntax.

(3)

The Stipulation of PM by SM
PM by SM applies to computational atoms but not to other objects.

We need to eliminate this stipulation in the spirit of the Minimalist Program,
methodological minimalism and, more crucially, the SMT.

Given the basic idea ofrecursion, it is the null hypothesis that any object is accessible to further operations.2
Accordingly, the stipulation in (3) is conceptually not welcome at all.

Even empirically,

this stipulation prevents us from explaining ubiquitous facts concerning XP-adjunction.
In other words, PM by SM, by definition, cannot explain linguistic phenomena
concerning the phrasal adjunction as long as it applies only to heads.
the explanatory power of PM by SM.

It thus weakens

Technically speaking, either β or α in thedefinition of PM by SM cannot be an XP-level object.

2

See also Chomsky (2017b) for an important discussion of recursion. Recursion is one of sevendesiderata in Chomsky’s (2017b).

69

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases(4)

A Problem of PM by SM:
In the definition of PM by SM (Pair-Merge (α, β) = Merge (α, (α, β)) = Merge(α, {α, β}) = {α, {α, β}} = <α, β>), either β or α cannot be an XP-level object.

Tentatively putting this problem aside, we will review an alternative approach towards
elimination of pair-Merge of phrases in the next section.

3.2.2

No Recourse to the Label Accessibility Condition

According to Oseki’s (2015) proposal and analysis, it is possible to explain thephenomena concerning the phrasal adjunction without postulating an elementary
operation, pair-Merge.

Oseki (2015) eliminates Chomsky’s (2004) original pair-Mergeof phrases by proposing an alternative mechanism based on the two-peaked structure.
We will first review the two-peaked structure and then consider Oseki’s (2015) approach.
The two-peaked structure was originally presented by Epstein, Kitahara and Seely(2012, 2014).

Their approach deduces the cyclically transferred domains of the phases(i.e. the complement of C/v*) without introducing the lexical array and the lexical subarray.

In other words, it is the counter-cyclic internal Merge that triggers Transfer inorder to repair violations of the Extension Condition and the No-Tampering Condition.

(5)

a.

[CP [C [TP [T [vP Bill [v [VP ate rice]]]]]]] à [CP [C [TP Bill [T [vP Bill [v[VP ate rice]]]]]]]b.

(a: adapted from Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2012: 255))(b: Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2012: 256))70

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

In (5), Merge does not apply freely because the derivational system adopted above isessentially based on the earlier framework in Chomsky (2000, 2001, 2008) and among
others.

For example, the original Probe-Goal Agree applies to this system; Probe-Goal

Agree triggers internal Merge/Move.

After Agree (T, Bill) takes place, Bill moves to T1

and forms the two-peaked structure as in (5b), following the LAC (Label Accessibility
Condition).

(6)

The Label Accessibility Condition (LAC):
Only the label of an entire syntactic object, the root, is accessible to thenarrow syntax.
(adapted from Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2012: 156))

Now that the two peaked-structure needs to be repaired, T2 (i.e. the higher Bill and thecomplement of the Bill (T1)) gets transferred.

A similar analysis applies to v*P phases

because the derivational steps of v*P are almost identical to those of CP phases under the
analyses proposed by Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2012) and Chomsky (2000, 2001,
2008).

The two-peaked structure deduced by the counter-cyclic internal Merge,

therefore, explains the timing and the nature of cyclic Transfer.
Oseki (2015) extends their analysis to adjunct structures and eliminates pair-Merge,
which traces back to Chomsky (2000, 2004).

Oseki (2015) adopts the two-peaked

structure, which is a theorem deduced from the following three axioms:3(7)

3

Three Axioms of Phrase Structure:a.

{XP, YP}: The defining geometry of adjunction is Merge (XP, YP).

b.

Labeling Algorithm: Outputs of Merge are labeled algorithmically.

For the first axiom, see May (1985), Chomsky (1986), Kayne (1994), Narita (2011), Ott (2011) andamong others. As for the second, see Chomsky (2007, 2008, 2013, 2015a), Cecchetto and Donati(2015) and among others.

For the final axiom, see Chomsky (2000), Collins (2002), Hornstein(2009) and among others.

71Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrasesc.

Label Accessibility Condition: Unlabeled SOs are inaccessible to Merge.
(Oseki (2015: 307))

Note that the version of the LAC adopted by Oseki (2015) is not completely analogous
to the one adopted by Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2012).

Note also that, in Chomsky(2008), labels are essential for derivations to proceed in the narrow syntax, contrary toChomsky (2013, 2015a) and recent work on freely applying Merge.

Following theaxioms in (7), Merge yields the following adjunct structure:(8)

The Two-Peaked Structure for Adjuncts:(Oseki (2015: 307))

In Oseki’s (2015) system, Merge (XP, YP) = {XP, YP} applies first.

Second, Label (XP,YP) applies, but it fails since XP and YP are not in an agreement relation.

Third, thesubsequent external Merge of Z does not apply to {XP, YP} but applies to either XP or
YP, following the LAC.4

Fourth, if Merge of Z applies to XP, {Z, XP} is labeled as ZP,

and {XP, YP} is transferred, following the proposal by Epstein, Kitahara and Seely(2012).

(9)(Oseki (2015: 308))

4

Oseki (2015) adopts Horstein’s (2009) version of the LAC: only the label of a syntactic object isaccessible to Merge.

72Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

Finally, W, following the LAC, externally merges with label ZP, with YP being
inaccessible to further operations in the narrow syntax; hence, it yields (8).
Oseki’s (2015) proposal is fairly appealing in that we do not need to assume aproblematic operation, pair-Merge (α, β) = <α, β>.

Furthermore, it explains thephenomena of the adjunct condition and others related to adjuncts.

(10)

The Adjunct Condition:a.

* Who did Mary cry [ADJ after John hit twh]?

b.

* Which paper did you read Don Quixote [ADJ before filing twh]?

c.

* Who did an advocate speak of Betsy [ADJ before a discussion of twh]?
(a: Huang (1982: 503))(b: Nunes and Uriagereka (2000: 21))(c: Johnson (2003: 188))

In Oseki’s (2015) analysis, ADJ, which denotes an adjunct phrase, has been transferred
when wh-phrases internally merge.

All wh-phrases in (10), therefore, cannot be

extracted under the PIC.
Oseki (2015) also argues that his analysis may also explain the phenomena of theanti-adjunct condition.

Adjunct phrases generally yield island effects, but the effects

loosen in certain cases.

(11)

The Anti-Adjunct Condition:a.

What did John arrive [ADJ whistling twh]?

b.

What did John drive Mary crazy [ADJ trying to fix twh]?

c.

Kinél

szívott

Who-tosmoke-Past[ADJ nagyobbat tkinél]?
large-Cpr-Acc‘He smoked more than who?’d.

Yamada-sensei-ga shinsatsu-shita-yori(-mo)
Dr. Yamada-Nom

Tanaka-sensei-ga

examination-did-than(-also) Dr.Tanaka-Nom
73

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

kanja-o[ADJ tYamada, …, yori(-mo) oozei]

shinsatsu-shita.

many

examination-did

patient-Acc‘Dr. Tanaka examined more patients than Dr. Yamada examined.’(a: Borgonovo and Neeleman (2000: 200))(b: Trueswell (2007: 1356))(c: den Dikken (2012: 11))
(d: Miyamoto (2012: 344))

According to Oseki (2015), YP in (8) shares the prominent feature [+F] with XP in thecases of (11).

(12)

Therefore, the following generalization holds:

The adjunct-island effect loosens when an adjunct phrase is in a specialagreement relation.

Notice that the feature sharing in this sense is not the typical/normal agreement such as
Phi-agreement of EA-T and IA-√root because such agreements must involve someunvalued Phi-feature which only phase heads arguably bear.
of adjuncts is a special agreement.

Thus, the feature sharing

The abstract graph-theoretic notation of the cases of(11) is shown below:(13)(Oseki (2015: 309))

74

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases{XP, YP} is, therefore, labeled as FP by the special agreement relation.

In this structure,

YP is not an adjunct but just one of typical complements (see (7a)).

Consequently, thephrases in ADJ can be extractable in (11).
Despite its explanatory averages, the analysis has a serious problem under the current
minimalist framework.

(14)

Let us reconsider three axioms that Oseki (2015) adopts:

Three Axioms of Phrase Structure:a.

{XP, YP}: The defining geometry of adjunction is Merge (XP, YP).

b.

Labeling Algorithm: Outputs of Merge are labeled algorithmically.

c.

Label Accessibility Condition: Unlabeled SOs are inaccessible to Merge.
(=(7))

The first axiom seems to be inconsistent with PM by SM, but I will argue that somespecial cases of adjunct phrases, in effect, follow this symmetric geometry.

The second

axiom undoubtedly holds in the current minimalist model though the timing of labelingis different from the assumption in Oseki (2015).

He implicitly assumes that labels are

determined per Merge, but minimal search identifies labels per phase under the current
model employing freely applying Merge (see Chomsky (2013, 2015a)).

That is, there

is almost no labeled set/phrase when Merge applies because labeling, repeated in (15),takes place at the timing of Transfer:(15)

Labeling by Minimal Search:a.

{H, XP} → {HP H, XP}b.

{XP, tYP} → {XP XP, tYP}c.

{XP, YP} / X sharing features (e.g. Phi-set) with Y → {<Phi, Phi> XP,
YP}

Freely applying Merge is summarized below:(16)

Freely Applying Merge:
75Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

Merge applies freely in any order, regardless of whether internal or external.

What the current mechanism requires is, therefore, no recourse to (any version of) the
LAC.

Formally, syntactic structures do not even have nodes although they areillustrated in informal graph-theoretic notation.

Simplest Merge merely yields

unordered sets without labels and projections as shown below:(17)

Merge (α, β) = {α, β}Merge is, thus, accessible to any set-theoretic object.
inaccessible to labels.

In other words, Merge isMore crucially, if we ensure recursion, which is a universal

property of human language, any generated object should be accessible to further
operations (see Chomsky (2017b)).
stipulation.

Limiting its accessibility is, then, adding theHence, something like the LAC puts the extra condition on recursion unless

it is motivated on conceptual grounds.

(18)

No Recourse to the LAC:
Recursion must be free.
(cf. (Chomsky (2017b))

The last axiom in (14), therefore, raises the serious problem with respect to recursion.
Consequently, we cannot adopt Oseki’s (2015) approach in the current minimalist
framework.

In the next section, I will present an alternative approach to eliminate pair-Merge of phrases as a primitive operation.

Concretely, PM by SM replaces both pair-Merge of phrases and the two-peaked structure for adjunction with simplest Merge
without postulating any stipulation and redundant mechanism.

3.3

A Proposal: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

76

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

I not only argued in chapter 2 that PM by SM can resolve the problems of pair-Mergeof heads but also argued that PM by SM can explain a variety of empirical facts.

The

original definition of PM by SM is repeated below:(19)

Pair-Merge of heads formulated by Simplest Merge (PM by SM):a.

Pair-Merge (α, β) = Merge (α, (α, β)) = Merge (α, {α, β}) = {α, {α, β}}= <α, β>b.

Pair-Merge (α, β) = Merge (β, (α, β)) = Merge (β, {α, β}) = {β, {α, β}}= <β, α>(=(1))

As we have already seen, α and β in this definition are limited to computational atoms,
but this limitation is just a stipulation.

(20)

The Stipulation on PM by SM
PM by SM applies to computational atoms but not to other objects.
(=(3))

This stipulation must be reduced if we ensure recursion in the narrow syntax.

Recursion,a universal property of language, must be free.

(21)

A Problem of PM by SM:
In the definition of PM by SM (Pair-Merge (α, β) = Merge (α, (α, β)) = Merge(α, {α, β}) = {α, {α, β}} = <α, β>), either β or α cannot be an XP-level object.
(=(4))

To eliminate the stipulation and the problem above, I argue that α and β in the formulationof PM by SM can be XP-level objects and X0-level objects, but the two elements targetedby PM by SM must be of the same level.

77

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases(22)

The Condition on PM by SM:
In the definition of PM by SM (Pair-Merge (α, β) = Merge (α, (α, β)) = Merge(α, {α, β}) = {α, {α, β}} = <α, β>), both β and α must be same-level objects.

Given the definition of an ordered pair in ZFC (Zermelo-Fraenkel Set-Theory with the
Axiom of Choices) and the empirical data, the condition is naturally deduced.

In chapter

2, I adopted the refined definition of ordered pairs (see Tourlakis (2003: 182–183), among
others).

(23)<α, β> = {α, {α, β}}In this definition, let us suppose that both α and β are not the singleton sets {α} and {β}but members.

In set theory, it is trivial that singleton sets are not equal to members thatare not sets, but it does not mean that sets cannot be members.

In other words, sets canbe members even if their levels are different from atomic elements like α and β.

Thus,

the following definition of the levelness of members trivially holds in set theory:(24)

A and α are different-level members where A is a set, but α is not.

Note that (24) is not a new definition but only a naturally holding generalization in set
theory.

I assume that this levelness affects the formation of ordered pairs in syntactic

theory because the following formulation emprically holds where α and β are atomic(level) members, and A and B are set(-level) members:

(25)

a.

<α, B> ¹ {α, {α, B}}b.

<A, β> ¹ {A, {A, β}}Recall that in the structure of John hit Mary in (2), {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}} is not anordered pair but a unordered set.

In linguistic literature, the head-head adjunction andthe phrase-phrase adjunction are generally observed, but the head-phrase adjuction is not.
78

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

That is, the empirical observations motivate (25), which says if we assume A = {α} andB = {β}, neither <α, {β}> = {α, {α, {β}}} nor <{α}, β> = {{α}, {{α}, β}} holds.
Therefore, given the levelness of members in (24), definitions of ordered pairs can berestated as follows:

(26)

a.

<α, β> = {α, {α, β}}b.

<A, B> = {A, {A, B}}

In this definition, the members in sets must be same-level objects in order to form orderedpairs.

Using familiar symbols in syntactic theory, the definition can be expressed asfollows:5

(27)

a.

<X0, Y0> = {X0, {X0, Y0}}b.

<XP, YP> = {XP, {XP, YP}}

On the contrary, the following formulation holds since X0 and Y0 are not the same-level
members as XP and YP (see (25)):

(28)

a.

<X0, YP> ¹ {X0, {X0, YP}}b.

<XP, Y0> ¹ {XP, {XP, Y0}}

Accordingly, the formulation of PM by SM is finally completed as follows.6(29)

PM by SM (the final version):head-head adjunction:

5

X0/Y0 and XP/YP denote computational atoms (i.e. heads) and sets (i.e. phrases), respectively.

Also, notice that X0/Y0 and XP/YP do not denote labels.
6

I continue to call the final version of proposal PM by SM, but its full name, Pair-Merge of heads

formulated by Simplest Merge, should be changed to Pair-Merge formulated by Simplest Merge.

79Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrasesa.

Pair-Merge (X0, Y0) = Merge (X0, (X0, Y0)) = Merge (X0, {X0, Y0}) ={X0, {X0, Y0}} = <X0, Y0>b.

Pair-Merge (Y0, X0) = Merge (Y0, (Y0, X0)) = Merge (Y0, {Y0, X0}) ={Y0, {Y0, X0}} = <Y0, X0>

phrase-phrase adjunction:c.

Pair-Merge (XP, YP) = Merge (XP, (XP, YP)) = Merge (XP, {XP, YP})
= {XP, {XP, YP}} = <XP, YP>d.

Pair-Merge (YP, XP) = Merge (YP, (YP, XP)) = Merge (YP, {YP, XP})= {YP, {YP, XP}} = <YP, XP>

Note that notation such as X0 and XP is used only for expository purposes to indicate that
X0 and XP are a computational atom and a syntactic set, respectively.

There are no real

X0 and XP objects as X´ theoretic terms.
The proposed formulation readily resolves the empirical problem shown in (2).

The

derivation (2) now proceeds successfully under the final version of PM by SM.

(30){John, {{√hit, {√hit, v*}}, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {γ √hit, Mary}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}.

(I.e., {δ Mary, {γ √hit,tMary}} formed by PM by SM is not representationally interpreted as theordered pair <Mary, √hit>.)iii.

Merge externally forms {John, {v*, {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}}}: √hit
inherits features from v*

iv.

Merge internally forms {√hit, v*}, and then {√hit, {√hit, v*}}: v*
becomes invisible.

(I.e., {√hit, {√hit, v*}} formed by PM by SM isrepresentationally interpreted as the ordered pair <√hit, v*>.)v.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal search: δ and γ are labeled<Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

vi.

The complement of t√hit gets transferred.

80

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

In this derivation, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}} is not a derivational ordered pair, but {√hit,{√hit, v*}} is. Because Mary and √hit are XP and X0, respectively, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit,tMary}} is not interpreted as <Mary, √hit> due to (28).

In contrast, because both √hit andv* are X0, {√hit, {√hit, v*}} is interpreted as <√hit, v*> due to (27). This correctly
captures the basic derivation of John hit Mary.

Accordingly, the proposed formulation

resolves the empirical problem of the extension of PM by SM of heads to that of phrases.
The reformulation of pair-Merge is thus finally completed in a true sense.

In thefollowing sections, it will be shown that PM by SM (the final version) explains several
phenomena of phrasal adjuncts and nominals (hereafter, I use the term PM by SM in thesense of (29), unless otherwise noted).
We know that an entire adjunct phrase is extractable:(31)

How many times did you upload the file to the webpage thow?

This linguistic phenomenon might suggest that YP (i.e. {how many times}) in {XP, {XP,
YP}}, which is formed by PM by SM, is invisible and non-extractable under the basic
quality of ordered pairs.

However, it seems that what this phenomenon actuallysuggests is that {XP, YP} (i.e. {{v*P …}, {How many times}}) in {XP, {XP, YP}} is visible
and extractable.

For example, the set-theoretic notation of the sentence in (31) can beillustrated as follows (irrelevant parts are omitted):7(32){{v*P …}, {How many times}} did you {{v*P upload the file to the webpage},t{{v*P …}, {how many times}}}?

In {XP, {XP, YP}}, YP is invisible, but {XP, YP} is visible because {XP, YP} is merely
a set that contains YP and a lower copy of XP. Therefore, the following descriptive
generalization holds:

7{how many times} may externally merge to √P.

81Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases(33)

In {XP, {XP, YP}} = <XP, YP>, YP is invisible but XP and {XP, YP} arevisible.

I will use this generalization and PM by SM to explain the Condition C antireconstruction effects later.

Yet, before explaining the effects, I will show that PM by

SM can explain the adjunct island effects.

3.4

Explaining the (Anti-)Adjunct Condition
Oseki (2015) accounted for the phenomena of both the adjunct condition and the anti-

adjunction condition under his proposal, the two-peaked structure for adjunct phrases.
Its empirical coverage is significant because Merge, under the LAC, explains not only the
non-extractable domain of adjunct phrases but also their extractable domain.

His

proposal, nevertheless, has a serious conceptual problem, which has already been
mentioned.

The LAC and the two-peaked structure are no longer tenable on purely

conceptual grounds (see section 3.2.2).

We thus need to reanalyze the phenomena inmore ideal ways, one of which capitalizes on PM by SM.

3.4.1

Facts

Adjunct phrases are generally assumed to be islands since they are opaque toextraction (see Huang (1982), Chomsky (1986), among others).

(34)

The Adjunct Condition:a.

* Who did Mary cry [ADJ after John hit twh]?

b.

* Which paper did you read Don Quixote [ADJ before filing twh]?

c.

* Who did an advocate speak of Betsy [ADJ before a discussion of twh]?
(=(10))In all examples above, wh-phrases cannot be extractable since they externally merge
within the adjunct islands or phrases.

As shown earlier, it has been reported in linguistic

literature that this condition is sometimes relaxed.
82

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases(35)

The Anti-Adjunct Condition:a.

What did John arrive [ADJ whistling twh]?

b.

What did John drive Mary crazy [ADJ trying to fix twh]?

c.

Kinél

szívott

Who-tosmoke-Past[ADJ nagyobbat tkinél]?
large-Cpr-Acc‘He smoked more than who?’d.

Yamada-sensei-ga shinsatsu-shita-yori(-mo)
Dr. Yamada-Nom
kanja-oTanaka-sensei-ga

examination-did-than(-also) Dr.Tanaka-Nom[ADJ tYamada, …, yori(-mo) oozei]

shinsatsu-shita.

many

examination-did

patient-Acc‘Dr. Tanaka examined more patients than Dr. Yamada examined.’(=(11))

Contrary to the cases of the adjunct condition in (34), we can extract all wh-phrases fromthe adjunct phrases in (35).

In the following section, it will be shown that PM by SM

explains the adjunct condition, and Merge with one axiom explains the anti-adjunction
condition.

3.4.2

Analyzing the Adjunction Condition

Given the refined version of PM by SM in (29), the sentences in (34) have thefollowing underlying structures (note that the notation t is not used as a lower copy in thederivational ordered pairs, and irrelevant parts (e.g. functional heads C, T and v*) areexcluded):

(36)

a.

*Who did you cry after John hit twh?
{{you cry}, {{you cry}, {ADJ after John hit who}}}=<{you cry}, { ADJ after John hit who}>b.

* Which paper did you read Don Quixote before filing twh?

83

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases{{you read Don Quixote}, {{you read Don Quixote}, {ADJ before filingwhich paper}}}=<{you read Don Quixote},{ ADJ before filing which paper}>c.

* Who did an advocate speak of Betsy before a discussion of twh?
{{an advocate speak of Betsy}, {{an advocate speak of Betsy}, {ADJ
before a discussion of who}}}=<{an advocate speak of Betsy},{ADJ before a discussion of who}>

In the first example of (36), (i) Merge externally forms {{you cry}, {ADJ after John hitwho}} at some stages of the derivation.

The label of {you cry} is CQP, which meansthat the closest head of the set is C bearing the Q feature.

Given PM by SM, (ii) Mergeinternally forms {{you cry}, {{you cry}, {ADJ after John hit who}}}. 8

Under thedefinition of ordered pairs in ZFC, (iii) the resultant sets are representationally interpreted
as <{you cry}, { ADJ after John hit who}>.

As a result, (iv) the wh-phrase becomes

invisible since it is one part of YP in the ordered pair <XP, YP>.
visible, but YP is, by definition, invisible in <XP, YP>.
non-extractable in (36a).

Recall that XP is

The wh-phrase who is, therefore,

The identical derivational steps occur in the other examples,and explain the non-extractability of elements in adjunct phrases.

PM by SM thus

accounts for the adjunction condition without any arbitrary stipulation and redundantmechanisms.

3.4.3

Analyzing the Anti-Adjunction Condition

The anti-adjunction condition is also explained by the combination of generalization(12) and axiom (14a) repeated here as (37) and (38), respectively.

8

It is logically possible for PM by SM to yield {{after John hit who}, {{you cry}, {after John hitwho}}}, the reverse derivational ordered pair, which is representationally interpreted as <{after John
hit who}, {you cry}>. After the resultant pair has been transferred, the CI system interprets {youcry} as an adjunct. I am not confident with regard to what type of interpretation this is, but I am
confident that it is intuitively gibberish.

84

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases(37)

The adjunct-island effect loosens when an adjunct phrase is in a specialagreement relation.

(38)

The defining geometry of adjunction is Merge (XP, YP) = {XP, YP}.

Given PM by SM, the latter does not hold in the true sense because the typical-defining
geometry of adjunction is not {XP, YP} but {XP, {XP, YP}}.
it is in a special-agreement relation.

Nevertheless, it holds if

That is, the ADJ-phrases in (35) are no longer

adjuncts but the normal sets due to the special relation.

I will not elaborate on what the

special-agreement relation is for the reasons listed in the following sentences.
apparently does not meet the usual criteria for Agree or feature valuation.

It

One of thecriteria involves (the set of) unvalued features, where feature valuation takes place as an
instantiation of agreement.
the phase theory.9

Only phase heads, recall, can have such features in terms of

We certainly need to comprehend the true nature of this kind ofagreement, but it seems to me that we should refine the theory in advance for that purpose
under the SMT.

Putting many questions aside, I follow the descriptive generalization

as follows:(39)

The so-called adjunct phrases may or may not be visible.
invisible, they are YP in {XP, {XP, YP}}.

If they are

If they are visible, they are YP in{XP, YP}, where X and Y are in a special relation.

In this generalization, X and Y in {XP, YP} should be in a special relation for labelingpurposes.

9

Kawashima and Kitahara (2015), Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2017) and Kitahara (2017) argue thatwh-phrases bear unvalued Q features which agree with valued CQ. CQ and a wh-phrase at SPEC-CQ,
therefore, agree or share a Q feature. Lower copies or a lower copy of such wh-phrases is interpreted
as a variable for the operator-variable interpretation at the CI interface. Hence, the remaining lower
copies of the phrases, therefore, do not violate Full Interpretation. This suggests that all agreement
phenomena are instantiations of the SPEC-head relation, at least in English.

85

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

Given the considerations above, the sentences in (35) have the following underlying
and resulting structures:10

(40)

a.

What did John arrive whistling twh?
[John arrive {ADJ whistling what}]à[what [John arrive {ADJ whistling twh}]]b.

What did John drive Mary crazy trying to fix twh?
[John drive Mary crazy {ADJ trying to fix what}]à[what [John drive Mary crazy {ADJ trying to fix twh}]]

c.

Kinél

szívottnagyobbat tkinél?

[szívott {ADJ nagyobbat Kinél}]à[Kinél [szívott {ADJ nagyobbat tKinél}]]d.

Yamada-sensei-ga shinsatsu-shita-yori(-mo)
kanja-otYamada, …, yori(-mo)

oozei

Tanaka-sensei-ga

shinsatsu-shita.

[Tanaka-sensei-ga kanja-o {ADJ Yamada-sensei-ga shinsatsu-shitayori(-mo) oozei} shinsatsu-shita]à[{Yamada-sensei-ga

shinsatsu-shita-yori(-mo)}[Tanaka-sensei-ga

kanja-o {ADJ tYamada, …, yori(-mo) oozei} shinsatsu-shita]]

In the derivations above, all ADJ-phrases are part of unordered sets.

Hence, thosephrases are visible, and the lower copies of internally merged elements may be in a special
relation in terms of (39).

Importantly, Merge does not yield derivational ordered pairs

or representational ordered pairs as in (36).

Therefore, the anti-adjunct condition is

explained by freely applying simplest Merge and the descriptive generalization of visible
adjunct phrases in(39).

PM by SM does not apply in these cases because its

application is simply superfluous. In other words, PM by SM applies as long as it isnecessary.
10

I omit several irrelevant parts such as functional heads, curly brackets for wh-phrases and, if any,

the intermediate copies of internally merged elements. Additionally, square brackets denote sets (orstructures), regardless of whether they are ordered or unordered

86Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

3.5

Explaining Condition C (Anti-)Reconstruction

3.5.1

Condition C Anti-Reconstruction Effects

Condition C was formulated in the government and binding model as follows:(41)

Condition C
An R-expression cannot have an antecedent that c-commands it.

Oseki (2015) argues that his approach to pair-Merge can correctly explain Condition C
effects as well.

In what follows, this section shows that the analyses capitalizing on PM

by SM also explain the Condition C effects without depending on the standard analysis
of pair-Merge by Chomsky (2004) and the two-peaked structure for adjuncts by Oseki(2015).
It is crucial that the fronted adjuncts do not give rise to a violation of Condition C:
Condition C Anti-Reconstruction (see Lebeaux (2000), among others).

In other words,

the fronted adjuncts generally do not observe the reconstruction effects as shown below:(42)

Condition C Anti-Reconstructiona.

* Hei likes the story [ADJ that Johni wrote].

b.

Which story [ADJ that Johni wrote] did hei like?

c.

[ADJ In Beni’s office], hei is an absolute director.

d.

[ADJ With Johni’s novel finished], hei began to write a book of poetry.

e.

[ADJ To Beni’s surprise], hei noticed that the others had left.

f.

[ADJ For Maryi’s valor], I heard shei was given a medal.
(a, b: Lebeaux (2000: 103))(c–f: Speas (1991: 250))

In (42a), Condition C is violated.

The violation implies that the representational orderedpair <XP, YP> is interpreted as the derivational ordered pair {XP, {XP, YP}} at SEM(SEM is a semantic representation in the sematic component accessed by the CI system).
87

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

The interpretation reminds us of an optional operation SIMPL (simplification), whichconverts <α, β> to {α, β} (see Chomsky (2004: 118)).

Namely, the antecedent he, in(42a), c-commands John in {the story, {the story, that John wrote}}, which had been
mapped onto SEM by Transfer.
In the examples on wh-movement and topicalization above, the fronted adjuncts
avoid reconstruction effects.11

It follows that the antecedents do not c-command thelower copies of the R-expressions in the fronted adjuncts as long as we assume that there
is no covert movement and that SEM capitalizes on the structural configurations formedin core syntax.12

In the standard minimalist model, an adjunct-phrase yields the anti-

reconstruction because the phrase is included in an ordered pair <XP, YP> where theadjunct is attached on a separate plane.

If an optional operation SIMPL does not apply

to the pair, it is still invisible even at SEM or the CI interface (see Chomsky (2004)).
contrast, if SIMPL applies, it becomes visible.

In

As far as SIMPL applies optionally,

there is apparently no reason why it must apply in certain cases (e.g. (42a)).

However,

it seems that SIMPL still applies freely with only certain choices converging (although
Chomsky (2004) does not explicitly state so).

In the case of (42a), SIMPL must apply

though it causes the derivation to diverge because it is the only option that SIMPL canchoose.

If SIMPL does not apply in this case, the CI system simply cannot interpret [ADJ

that Johni wrote] since it is invisible or does not exist there.

11

To interpret the phrase,

In (42a), the wh-phrases containing the adjunct phrase moves, but in (42c–f), adjunct phrases are

fronted. The latter seems to be debatable because it is obscure how adjunct phrases can be moved(or internally merged) once it becomes invisible after the application of pair-Merge. That is, adjunctphrases in (42c–f) is fronted, although they are already invisible in the base positions due to theapplication of pair-Merge. This problem arises in Oseki’s (2015) analysis and my analysis in thenext section too. One might assume that those adjunct phrases merge with a null head K, and this K
phrase is actually fronted in (42c–f). If it is on the right track, (42c) could be as follows: [KP K [ADJIn Beni’s office]], hei is an absolute director. However, I rather propose an alternative analysis (see(31)–(33) and (44)).
12

See Chomsky (1995b, 2007), Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2013, 2015), among others for the non-existence of covert movement. In addition, see chapter 4 for or evidence revealing no support ofcovert movement in the current model of the Minimalist Program.

88

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

SIMPL must apply even when the resulting interpretation is complete gibberish.

Recallthat derivations converge even if they get gibberish interpretations at the interfaces.

In

contrast, when the ADJ-phrases are fronted as shown in (42), SIMPL does not apply tothe lower copies of those phrases.

If SIMPL applies to the fronted ADJ-phrases, theoperation does not need to apply further to the lower copies.

It is redundant to convert

lower ordered pairs of ADJ-phrases into unordered sets if ADJ-phrases are interpreted at
the highest position by the CI system.13
effects are, therefore, not observed.

When adjuncts are fronted, the reconstruction

However, SIMPL does not seem to exist in thecurrent model because Chomsky (2004) proposed that it applied when Spell-Out took
place, although Chomsky (2016c) argues that Spell-Out is no longer tenable in the current
model (see also Obata (2010)).

To eliminate SIMPL and explain Condition C anti-

reconstruction Effects, I capitalize on PM by SM and axiom (38).

3.5.2

Analyzing Condition C Anti-Reconstruction Effects

Given the consideration of SIMPL in the earlier section, PM by SM can explain
Condition C anti-reconstruction effects without postulating SIMPL.

In this section, it

will be shown that PM by SM can account for the Condition C anti-reconstruction effects
in a theoretically desirable manner.
First, I explain the case in (42a).
sets.

Recall that PM by SM essentially forms unordered

These unordered sets are called derivational ordered pairs, which are

representationally interpreted as ordered pairs (i.e. representational ordered pairs).
There is no ordered pair <α, β> as a pure-syntactic object.
convert <α, β> into {α, β}.

Hence, it is unnecessary toInstead, if the CI system treats {XP, {XP, YP}} as unorderedsets, the system interprets it accordingly.

In contrast, if the CI system judges {XP, {XP,YP}} as a representational ordered pair, the system representationally interprets the13

Phase-level memory is enough for the information that syntactic objects have internally merged.

That is, the phase-level memory suffices to determine whether objects are copies formed by internal
Merge or repetitions formed by external Merge when Transfer applies (see Chomsky (2007, 2012b)).
Accordingly, the fronted ADJ-phrases can be interpreted as one of copies even if there is no applicationof SIMPL to the lower copies.

89Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

unordered sets {XP, {XP, YP}} to be the ordered pair <XP, YP>.

For example, in (42a),[the story [ADJ that Johni wrote]] is virtually {{the story}, {{the story}, {that Johnwrote}}} = <{the story}, {that John wrote}> formed by PM by SM.

The set {that Johnwrote} is invisible in the narrow syntax because it is representationally interpreted as<{the story}, {that John wrote}> which is, by definition, ƒ(the story) = <{the story}, {thatJohn wrote}> (see relevant discussions in chapter 2).

At SEM, <{the story}, {that Johnwrote}> can be interpreted as either {{the story}, {{the story}, {that John wrote}}} or<{the story}, {that John wrote}>. It is the null hypothesis that both options are freely
available unless stipulated.

Given the structure of Hei likes the story that Johni wrote,

the former option {{the story}, {{the story}, {that John wrote}}} is chosen.

That isbecause if the latter <{the story}, {that John wrote}> is chosen, {that John wrote} is notinterpreted by the CI system.

However, when <{the story}, {that John wrote}> isinterpreted as {{the story}, {{the story}, {that John wrote}}} at SEM, it gives rise to aviolation of Condition C since he c-commands John.
interpretation is not to co-index he and John.

The only non-gibberish

Consequently, there is no need for SIMPL

to make computation complex in terms of the <α, β>-to-{α, β}conversion in which anelement (i.e. α or β) at a separate plane comes back to a primary plane.
Second, I explain remaining cases in (42).

(42b) is a simple case: {the story, {thestory, {that Johni wrote}}} internally merges.

After this internal merger, the CI systeminterprets the higher copy of {the story, {the story, {that Johni wrote}}} as a derivational
ordered pair but not its lower copy.

The CI system interprets the lower copy as arepresentational ordered pair <{the story}, {that John wrote}>.
observe the reconstruction effect.

Therefore, we do not

The cases in (42c–f) are a little complicated.

that {XP, YP} in {XP, {XP, YP}} internally merges in (42c–f).

I argue

Recall thatgeneralization (33), repeated here as (43), holds because an entire adjunct can be extracted.

(43)

In {XP, {XP, YP}} = <XP, YP>, YP is invisible but XP and {XP, YP} arevisible.

90

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

Following this generalization, say in (42c), {v*P …, {in Beni’s office}} in {v*P …, {v*P …,{in Beni’s office}}} internally merges.

The CI system does not need to see the lower

copy of {v*P …, {in Beni’s office}} because the same object exists in the higher position.
Consequently, in this case as well, we do not observe the reconstruction effect.

The settheoretic notation of the sentences in (42) is shown below:14(44)

Condition C Anti-Reconstructiona.

* Hei likes {the story, {the story, {that Johni wrote}}}.

b.

{Which story, {which story, {that Johni wrote}}} did hei like t{which story,{which story, {that Johni wrote}}}?

c.

{v*P …, {In Beni’s office}, hei is {{v*P an absolute director}, t{v*P …, {inBeni’s office}}}.

The CI interprets the underline parts as not {XP, {XP, YP}} but <XP, YP>.
YP> is invisible at SEM with respect to Condition C.

YP in <XP,

The other cases in (42d–f) can be

explained in the same way as (42c) (but see note 11).

3.5.3

Condition C Reconstruction Effects

As Speas (1991) points out, Condition C anti-reconstruction does not hold in somecases.

(45)

14

In such cases, the reconstruction is obligatory as shown below:

Condition C Reconstructiona.

* Hei believes the claim that Johni is nice.

b.

* Whose claim that Johni is nice did hei believe?

c.

* [ADJ In Beni’s office], hei lay on his desk.

d.

* [ADJ With Johni’s computer], hei began to write a book.

e.

* [ADJ To Beni’s office], hei takes the bus.

In a copular sentence, such as (42c), v* could be v. Or, neither v* nor v could occur. However,in chapter 4, I will argue that v* can occur at least in some copular sentences, such as there
constructions.

91

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrasesf.

*[ADJ For Maryi’s brother], I heard shei was given some clothes.
(a, b: Lebeaux (2000: 103))(c–f: Speas (1991: 250))

These peripheral phenomena are explained by the approach of the two-peaked structure
for adjuncts proposed by Oseki (2015).

That is because Oseki (2015), following den

Dikken (2012) and Miyamoto (2012), assumes that agreement (i.e. feature sharing)occurs in these phenomena.

If the assumption is on the right track, the ADJ-phrases in(45) are no longer adjunct phrases but just set-Merged phrases (i.e. unordered sets) in a
special relation.

The peripheral phenomena are, thus, not empirically problematic.

Adopting Oseki’s (2015) analysis, I will show in the next section that his analysis iscompatible with PM by SM.

3.5.4

Analyzing Condition C Reconstruction Effects

As shown in section 3.2.2, Oseki (2015) argues that adjuncts can be in a special
relation in some circumstances.

One of those is the anti-adjunction condition, andanother is the Condition C reconstruction.

The notation in (13), repeated here as (46),indicates that ADJ is in a special relation and shares a prominent feature [+F] with XP.

(46)(=(13))

If this analysis is tenable, we do not need to present a new alternative.
(45c) under (46).

Let us consider

In (45c), YP is [ADJ in Beni’s office], and XP is probably v*P [he lay

92

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

on his desk] in the graph-theoretic notation above.15

The detailed notation of (45c) is

illustrated below:(47)

In Ben’s OfficeheTv*P [+F]

ADJ [+F]

the lay on his desktin Ben’s office

If we follow Oseki (2015), ADJ and v*P in (45c) somehow share a prominent feature due
to a special relation.

The reconstruction affects the lower copy of ADJ because the ADJ

sharing [+F] is in the sister relation with its merged mate and must be visible andinterpreted at SEM (see Oseki (2015)).
examples is explained.

Accordingly, the deviancy of (45c) and the other

This analysis is compatible with PM by SM since the analysis

assumes no operation that creates ordered pairs and two-peaked structures.

However, aquestion arises: how does a special relation allow feature sharing to occur?

Further

research is needed to resolve the problem.

3.6

Nominals

3.6.1

Essential Properties of Phase

While phases are generally assumed to be v*P and CP, smaller units such as DP, NP
and PP also have been said to be phases in linguistic literature (e.g. Bošković (2014),
Marantz (2007), Oba (1999, 2003), Uriagereka (1999)).
postulate these units as phases.
undesirable.

15

It is technically possible to

Nevertheless, postulation of extra phases is conceptually

If these units are phases, the increasing number of phase heads creates

The external argument he internally merges to SPEC-T after the introduction of T. In addition,

XP could be √P.

93

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

complexity and makes the notion of phase meaningless.

Phases are, in their original

definition, v*P and CP where we observe the phenomena concerning successive cyclic
movement. On the contrary, the phenomena seem to be absent in smaller units.

Inaddition, it is generally assumed that v*P and CP yield the duality of interpretation.

The

former, in essence, corresponds with D-structure, and the latter corresponds with Sstructure in earlier theories.

Hale and Keyser (1993, 2002), among others, generalize

the v*P phase as argument structures formed by external Merge.

In contrast, Chomsky(2000, 2001, 2004, 2007), among others, argues that internal Merge creates the chain
regarding scope/discourse properties that are interpreted by the CI system.
v*P and clausal-CP phases are thus propositional.

The verbal-

Other smaller units are therefore notphases in that they do not satisfy these properties of the two phases.

In sum, phases

should, at least, satisfy the following two properties to avoid rendering the notion of phasemeaningless.

(48)

a.

Phases yield successive cyclic movement.

b.

Phases are propositional.

Smaller units (e.g. DP, NP, PP) do not seem to satisfy the essential properties statedabove.16

Furthermore, a phase head is assumed to bear unvalued Phi-features, which

trigger Transfer (see Richards (2007), Chomsky (2007, 2016b), among others). 17
Smaller units do not seem to have this property either.
16

Yukio Oba (p.c.) points out that DP might yield successive cyclic movement. For example, if we

assume that the following structure in (i) exists, D yields successive cyclic movement.
(i)

Do [DP [NP/DP whatever] D T you want to do twhatever].

(ii)

Do [DP [NP/DP whatever] D twhatever C you want to do twhatever].

However, it seems to me that C is not optional but obligatory in this kind of a structure, as illustratedin (ii), and this C yields successive cyclic movement under the PIC.
17

As discussed in chapter 1, uPhi is arguably essential for labeling to take place successfully in thecurrent model.

94

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

However, if smaller units are not phases, how do we explain facts about smaller units
such as the Specificity Effect discussed in Oba (1999, 2003)? Section 3.6 focuses on
nominals and attempts to explain extraction from NP without postulating extra phases butwith PM by SM.

3.6.2

Nominal = Phase?

If nominals are not specific, the extraction from them is possible.
nominals are specific, the extraction from them is impossible.

In contrast, if

This is called theSpecificity Effect in linguistic literature.

(49)

a.

Who did John see a picture of twh?

b.

* Who did John see Mary’s picture of twh?

To explain a fact such as (49) under a minimalist model, Oba (1999, 2003) assumes that
D becomes a phase head, so DP becomes a phase if D bears a [+specific] feature.
Adapting Jakendoff (1977), Bowers (1987) and Karimi (1999), Oba (1999, 2003)
proposes the following structures of nominals:

(50)

(51)

a.

[DP X [D’ D (+specific) NP]]b.

X: Bill’s/the/a/this/that/these/those/each/all/no/any/every/most/fewa.

[NP Y [N’ N …]]b.

Y: a/little/many/several/a few/some(Oba (2003: 205))

Following the PIC, the complement of D (+specific) becomes non-extractable because D(+specific) is a phase head. 18

The shaded part below denotes that it has been

inaccessible under the PIC (the intermediate copies of who, if any, are omitted):

18

Note that X plays the important role of completing the proposition serving as one of the phasal

properties. See Oba (1999, 2003).

95

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

(52)

a.

Who did he see a picture of twh?

b.

* Who did he see Bill’s picture of twh?

Given the proposals above, a picture of who and Bill’s picture of who are NP and DP(+specific), respectively.

In NP, the wh-phrase who is extractable since it has not been

inaccessible before it moves out of the original position.

In DP, the wh-phrase who is,in contrast, non-extractable since it has been inaccessible in [DP Bill’s picture of who].
In this approach, it is crucial that D is a phase head.

Chomsky (2007), in contrast,

suggests that a phase head of nominals is not D but n*, assuming the parallelism of v*Pand n*P.

That is, a verbal root and D inherit features from and raise to v* and n*,

respectively.

“Therefore, the structure [of n*P] is a nominal phrase headed by n*, not a

determiner phrase headed by D, which is what we intuitively always wanted to say”
(Chomsky (2007: 26)).

In sum, his analysis suggests the following derivation of thebook:19(53)

A Derivation of the book:i.

Merge externally forms {Dthe, √book}.

ii.

Merge externally forms {n*, {Dthe, √book}}.

iii.

Feature inheritance from n* to Dthe takes place.

iv.

Merge internally forms {n*, {√book, {Dthe, t√book}}}.

v.

Pair-Merge internally forms {<n*, Dthe>, {√book, {Dthe t√book}}}.

Although Chomsky (2007) does not show analyses of the Subjacency Effect, thisderivation can explain it.

That is simply because the complement of <Dthe, n*> gets

transferred, and it becomes inaccessible under the PIC.20
19

In Chomsky (2007), internal Merge does not apply freely but applies as a triggered operation under

the Probe-Goal-Agree system.
20

De-phasing from n* to a nominal root does not occur since this derivational system is based on

Chomsky (2000, 2001, 2004, 2007). De-phasing was first proposed by Chomsky (2015a).

96Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases(54)

A Derivation of Bill’s picture of who:i.

Merge externally forms {√picture, (of) who}.

ii.

Merge externally forms {n*, {Ds, {√picture, (of) who}}}.

iii.

Feature inheritance from n* to Ds takes place.

iv.

Merge internally forms {n*, {{√picture, (of) who}, {Ds, t{√picture, (of)who}}}}.

v.

Merge externally forms {Bill, {n*, {{√picture, (of) who}, {Ds, t{√picture,(of) who}}}}}.

vi.

Pair-Merge internally forms {Bill, {<n*, Ds>, {{√picture, (of) who},{tDthe, t{√picture, (of) who}}}}}.

vii.

The complement of <n*, Ds> gets transferred.

The analyses by Oba (1999, 2003) and Chomsky (2007) are significant in that these
proposed structures can explain (49) with the PIC but without the Subjacency Condition
which was originally proposed by Chomsky (1973).

The number of phases,

nevertheless, should be reduced on conceptual grounds as discussed above.

It will beshown later that an alternative approach can explain the Specificity Effect without
postulating the DP/n*P phase.

In addition, I will also show that the analyses based on

Oba (1999, 2003) and Chomsky (2007) do not hold in the current framework ofminimalist syntax (cf. Chomsky (2013, 2015a)).
In the next section, we will review the recent research translating Chomsky’s (2007)
derivations in (53)–(54) into the current system under labeling by minimal search andfreely applying Merge.

3.6.3

Elaborated Internal Structures of Nominals

Oishi (2015), following the suggestions by Chomsky (2007), elaborates internal
structures of nominals under the system of labeling by minimal search and freely applying
Merge (Chomsky (2013, 2015a)). As Chomsky (2007) suggests, Oishi (2015) assumes
that the internal structures of nominals essentially correspond with those of verbal phrases,
97

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

as shown in (53)–(54).
verbal phrases.

Namely, the parallelism holds between nominal phrases andBefore discussing the internal structures of nominals, let us briefly

review the structure and derivation of v*P under the current minimalist model (seeChomsky (2015a)):(55){EA, {<√root, v*>, {IA, {t√root, tIA}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {√root, IA}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {IA, {√root, tIA}}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {EA, {v*, {IA, {√root, tIA}}}}.

iv.

Feature Inheritance from v* to √root takes place.

v.

Labeling by minimal search takes place.

vi.

Pair-Merge internally forms {EA, {<√root, v*>, {IA, {t√root, tIA}}}}.

vii. The phase-hood gets active at t√root because t√root is, by definition, visible,
and v*, being part of <√root, v*>, becomes invisible.
viii. The complement of t√root gets transferred.

Adopting Chomsky’s (2007) suggestion, Oishi (2015) unifies two functional heads:
n* for definite nominals and n for indefinite nominals.

He argues that n* or n is, in

effect, not for definiteness; rather, what is involved is specificity, although n* or n itself
lacks a feature concerning specificity.

Accordingly, Oishi (2015: 326) states,“[s]pecificity will be characterized as a part of the features that the nominal heads (n andn*) do not bear along with a categorial specification.” Under these assumptions, Oishi(2015) proposes the following derivations of nominal phrases in abstraction away fromphase-hood of n/n*:

(56)

(57)

Indefinite (or non-specific) nominals, pattern 1 (e.g. authors):i.

Merge externally forms {n, √author}.

ii.

Pair-Merge internally forms {<√author, n>, t√author}.

Indefinite (or non-specific) nominals, pattern 2 (e.g. authors):i.

Pair-Merge externally forms <√author, n>.
98

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases(58)

Definite (or specific) nominals, pattern 1 (e.g. the book, that book, John’sbook):i.

Merge externally forms {n, √book}.

ii.

Pair-Merge internally forms {<√book, n>, t√book}.

iii.

Pair-Merge externally forms <DP, {<√book, n>, t√book}>.

In Oishi’s (2015) original notation, the order in the canonical ordered pairs is opposite.
That is, <√author, n> is expressed as <n, √author>.

This paper, nevertheless, keeps

adopting the canonical notation <√root, affix/categorizer> unless otherwise noted.

Inaddition, Oishi (2015) does not mention the possibility of (59) below, but it is logicallypossible unless stipulated.

(59)

Definite (or specific) nominals, pattern 2 (e.g. the book, that book, John’sbook):
i.

Pair-Merge externally forms <√book, n>.

iii.

Pair-Merge externally forms <DP, <√book, n>>.

Furthermore, notice that Oishi (2015) assumes that articles, demonstratives and Saxon
genitive noun phrases are all instances of XP.
that and John’s.

DP in the notation above is, thus, for the,This is quite similar to Oba’s (1999, 2003) assumption.

Recall that

Oba (1999, 2003) assumes that D may bear a feature [+specific] in certain cases, and that
X for actual articles, such as demonstratives and the Saxon genitive noun phrases,
generates in SPEC-D.

This similarity suggests that determiners can be decomposed into

at least two elements, d and √root.
or <d, √the>.

It is plausible that the is an instantiation of {d, √the}Putting aside this possibility until a later section, we will review how

Oishi (2015)’s analysis can explain nominalization.
Oishi (2015) proposes the following structure and derivation for the nominalizationof √destroy under the derivations in (56) and (58):(60)(the enemy’s/the) destruction of the city:99Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases<DPthe enemy’s/the, {<√destroy, n>, {t√destroy, (of) the city}}>i.

Merge externally forms {√destroy, (of) the city}.

ii.

Merge externally forms {n, {√destroy, (of) the city}} (see (56), (58)).

iii.

Pair-Merge internally forms {<√destroy, n>, {t√destroy, (of) the city}}(see (56), (58)).

iv.

Pair-Merge externally forms <DPthe enemy’s/the, {<√destroy, n>, {t√destroy,(of) the city}}> (see (58)).
(adapted from Oishi (2015: 332))

The graph-theoretic notation of (60) is illustrated below:(61)<DPthe enemy’s/the, {<√destroy, n>, {t√destroy, (of) the city}}>:i.

√destroy(of) the cityii.

n√destroy(of) the cityiii.

<√destroy, n>t√destroy(of) the cityiv.
ß External Pair-Merge of DP<√destroy, n>t√destroy(of) the city

<DPthe enemy’s/the, {<√destroy, n>, {t√destroy, (of) the city}}>100

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

In this structure, DPthe enemy’s/the is optional because external arguments are not essential innominal phrases, contrary to v*P verbal phrases.21 The following examples further showthat DPthe enemy’s/the in (60)–(61) is optional:

(62)

(63)

a.

John dedicated his life to Mary’s creation of the computer.

b.

John dedicated his life to the creation of the computer.

c.

John dedicated his life to creation of the computer.

a.

… to <DPMary’s, {<√create, n>, {α t√create, (of) the computer}}> …

b.

… to <DPthe, {<√create, n>, {α t√create, (of) the computer}}> …

c.

… to {<√create, n>, {α t√create, (of) the computer}} …
((62): Oishi (2015: 332))((63): adapted from Oishi (2015: 332))(63a–c) are structures of (62a–c), respectively.
structures do not appear.

In (63c), external arguments for nominal

Oishi (2015) also notes that even PRO does not appear as

external arguments for nominals.

3.6.4

Problems of Nominal Structures

Oishi’s (2015) approach is appealing in that we do not have to assume the extra phasehead, D/n*, as argued in Oba (1999, 2003) and Chomsky (2007), among others.

In

addition, explaining the Specificity Effect in terms of the invisibility of one element in anordered pair seems promising, although Oishi (2015) does not explicitly demonstrate how
his approach accounts for it.

His analyses in (60) and (63), however, feature thetechnical problem of labeling.

Recall that the lower copy left by internal pair-Merge is,by definition, visible (see Chomsky (2105a) and Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016)).

Ifso, α in (63) cannot be labeled because a root alone is too weak to serve as a label, andno agreement exists between the lower copy of √create and (of) the computer.
21

Thus, the

Notice that Oishi (2015) assumes that DPthe enemy’s/the is semantically analogous to the familiar

external argument of v*P, which is a set-Merged element, although DPthe enemy’s/the is, in effect, a pairMerged element.

101

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

analyses in (60) and (63) should be revised under the other logical possibility shown in
(59).

(64)

A Revised Version of (60):<the enemy’s/the, <<n, √destroy>, (of) the city>>(65)

A Revised Version of (63):a.

… to <DPMary’s, {α <√create, n>, (of) the computer}> …

b.

… to <DPthe, {α <√create, n>, (of) the computer}> …

c.

… to {α <√create, n>, (of) the computer} …

In this alternative, the labeling problem does not appear.

This is because <√create, n>

can be the label of α in the same way that <√root, v*> is labeled as <√root, v*> (i.e. v*P).
If it is on the right track, for instance, {<√create, n>, (of) the computer} is labeled as<√create, n> (i.e. nP).

However, the alternative still has another problem, which Oishi(2015)’s original approach also features: pair-Merge applies as a primitive operation.
Pair-Merge should not be the primitive operation for the reasons discussed in chapter 2.
In the next section, I will demonstrate that PM by SM solves the problem and provides a
new analysis of the internal structures of nominals and the Specificity Effect.

3.6.5

PM by SM for Nominals

As seen in (64)–(65), the internal structures of nominal expressions are essentiallybased on ordered pairs.

If this analysis is on the right track, PM by SM entails thefollowing structure and derivation of a specific nominal, Mary’s creation of the computer:(66){Mary’s, {Mary’s, {{√create, {√create, n}}, (of) the computer}}} = <Mary’s,{<√create, n>, (of) the computer}>i.

PM by SM (i.e. Merge) forms {√create, {√create, n}}, which isrepresentationally interpreted as <√create, n>.

ii.

Merge externally forms {{√create, {√create, n}}, (of) the computer}.

102

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrasesiii.

Merge externally forms {Mary’s, {{√create, {√create, n}}, (of) thecomputer}}.

iv.

PM by SM (i.e. Merge) internally forms {Mary’s, {Mary’s,{{√create,{√create,

n}},

(of)

the

computer}}},

which

is

representationally interpreted as <Mary’s, {<√create, n>, (of) thecomputer}>.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is illustrated below:(67){Mary’s, {Mary’s, {{√create, {√create, n}}, (of) the computer}}} = <Mary’s,{<√create, n>, (of) the computer}>i.
√create√create√create=n√createnii.
√create√createn(of) the computeriii.
Mary’s√create√createn(of) the computer

iv.

Mary’sMary’sMary’s√create√createn=(of) the computer

103

Mary’s creation (of) …

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

Notice that PM by SM of heads (i.e. (29a, b)) applies in the first step.
by SM of phrases (i.e. (29c, d)) applies in the final step.

In contrast, PM

It is also crucial that theresulting structure (i.e. <Mary’s, {<√create, n>, (of) the computer}>) can be labeled.
Recall the discussion in the previous chapter.

In <Mary’s, {<√create, n>, (of) thecomputer}>, {<√create, n>, (of) the computer} is invisible due to the basic quality ofordered pairs, but an entire ordered pair provides a label if a categorizer is a part of thatentire ordered pair or the amalgam.
Now, let us consider the structure and derivation of a non-specific nominal, creationof the computer:(68){{√create, {√create, n}}, (of) the computer}} = {<√create, n>, (of) thecomputer}i.

PM by SM (i.e. Merge) forms {√create, {√create, n}}, which isrepresentationally interpreted as <√create, n>.

ii.

Merge externally forms {{√create, {√create, n}}, (of) the computer}.

The graph-theoretic notation of the structure and derivation is illustrated below:(69){{√create, {√create, n}}, (of) the computer}} = {<√create, n>, (of) thecomputer}i.
√create√create=√createn√createnii.
√create√createn(of) the computer

In this derivation, PM by SM of heads (i.e. (29a, b)) applies in the first step, but PM by
SM of phrases (i.e. (29c, d)) does not apply.
104

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

These new analyses, solving the problems in Oishi’s (2015) approach, can accountfor the Specificity Effect without postulating the extra phase.

(70)

a.

* Who did you see John’s picture of twh?

b.

Who did you see a picture of twh?

Given the analysis in (66), the internal structure of the specific nP is {John’s, {John’s,{{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}}} = <John’s, {<√picture, n>, (of) who}>.

Itentails that {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who} is invisible under the basic quality ofordered pairs.

(71){John’s, {John’s, {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}}} = <John’s,{<√picture, n>, (of) who}>i.

PM by SM (i.e. Merge) forms {√picture, {√picture, n}}, which isrepresentationally interpreted as <√picture, n>.

ii.

Merge externally forms {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {John’s, {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}}.

iv.

PM by SM (i.e. Merge) internally forms {John’s, {John’s,{{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}}}, which is representationallyinterpreted as <John’s, {<√picture, n>, (of) who}>.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is illustrated below:(72){John’s, {John’s, {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}}} = <John’s,{<√picture, n>, (of) who}>i.
√picture√picture√picture=n

105√picturenChapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrasesii.
√picture√picture v*(of) whoiii.
John’s√picture√picture n(of) whoiv.

John’sJohn’sJohn’s√picture√picture n=(of) who

John’s picture (of) who

Technically speaking, {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who} is an invisible term of{John’s, {John’s, {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}}}.

Therefore, who is non-extractable from the complement of John’s picture of in (70a).

In contrast, given theanalysis in (68), the internal structure of the non-specific nP is {{√picture, {√picture, na}},(of) who}}} = {<√picture, na>, (of) who}.

(73){{√picture, {√picture, na}}, (of) who}}} = {<√picture, na>, (of) who}i.

PM by SM (i.e. Merge) forms {√picture, {√picture, na}}, which isrepresentationally interpreted as <√picture, na>.

ii.

Merge externally forms {{√picture, {√picture, na}}, (of) who}.

The graph-theoretic notation of the structure and derivation is illustrated below:(74){{√picture, {√picture, na}}, (of) who}}} = {<√picture, na>, (of) who}106

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrasesi.
√picture√picture=√picturena√picturenaii.
(of) who√picture√picture n

I assume that the root for article a in a picture of who directly merges with n and creates
the amalgam <√a, n> in which √a denotes the root.
assumption in the following section.

See the detailed discussion of thisIn this structure, who is a typical/standard

complement of the amalgam <√picture, na>.

More precisely, who is a visible term of{<√picture, na>, (of) who}; hence, it is extractable from the complement of a picture ofin (70b).
The other case remains to be explained.

It is the case of a specific and non-specificnominal expression with the as shown below:

(75)

( )

* Who did you see the picture of twh?

As Chomsky (1973) points out, the acceptability of extraction from this type of nominal
is better than the specific-nominals as in (70a) but worse than the non-specific ones as in(70b).

In addition, linguistic literature (e.g. Rodman (1977) and Fiengo and

Higginbotham (1981), among others) has shown that who is non-extractable when thenominal including this wh-phrase is non-specific, but it is extractable when the nominal
including this wh-phrase is specific.

Given the consideration, the indeterminacy ofacceptance is due to two kinds of the internal structures as in (66)–(68).

Thus, we can

explain the remaining case too.
Suppose that the picture of who is specific.

Then, the structure and derivation of

the nominal is such as (66) translated into (76) here.

107

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases(76){the, {the, {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}}} = <the, {<√picture, n>,(of) who}>i.

PM by SM (i.e. Merge) forms {√picture, {√picture, n}}, which isrepresentationally interpreted as <√picture, n>.

ii.

Merge externally forms {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {the, {the, {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of)who}}.

iv.

PM by SM (i.e. Merge) internally forms {the, {the, {{√picture,{√picture, n}}, (of) who}}}, which is representationally interpreted
as <the, {<√picture, n>, (of) who}>.

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is illustrated below:(77){the, {the, {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}}} = <the, {<√picture, n>,(of) who}>i.
√picture√picture√picture=nii.
√picture√picture v*(of) whoiii.
the√picture√picture v*(of) who

108√picturenChapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

iv.

the

the
the

=

√picture√picture n(of) whothepicture (of) who

On the contrary, if the picture of who is non-specific, the structure and derivation of thenominal is as (68) translated into (78) here.

(78){{√picture, {√picture, nthe}}, (of) who} = {<√picture, nthe>, (of) who}i.

PM by SM (i.e. Merge) forms {√picture, {√picture, nthe}}, which isrepresentationally interpreted as <√picture, n>.

ii.

Merge externally forms {{√picture, {√picture, nthe}}, (of) who}.

The graph-theoretic notation of the structure and derivation is illustrated below:(79){{√picture, {√picture, nthe}}, (of) who} = {<√picture, nthe>, (of) who}i.
√picture√picture=√picturenthe√picturenthe

ii.
√picture√picture nthe(of) who

who is impossible to extract in (76) because it is invisible as a part of the ordered pair<the, {<√picture, n>, (of) who}>.

Notice that the in (78) is the instantiation of nthe, andnthe is the instantiation of <√the, n>.

I will discuss the internal structures of determiners

in the next section.
109

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

3.6.6

Internal Structures of Determiners

As mentioned earlier, we discuss the internal structures of determiners in this section.
Recall that both Oba (1999, 2003) and Oishi (2015) assume that determiners are not thesimple D but more complex objects.

Translating their assumption into the current

minimalist model, a determiner consists of a categorizer d and a √root, such as √the, √thatand √John.

As Oishi (2105) argues, the may be a weaker version of that.

If this is true,√root for the and that is the same element, and categorizer d makes these elements
different.

As generally assumed, categorizers or functional heads, especially phaseheads C/v*, and roots are sets of linguistic features.
abstract and too hard to capture.

The feature specification of d is too

However, if d can bear something such as [+specific]

as in Oba (1999, 2003), it is plausible that d can also bear another feature such as[+definiteness] and [+universal (")].

If this line of reasoning is on the right track, we

speculate that √root for articles and demonstratives is the sole element, and that its
instantiation depends on the contents of d.

In contrast, other elements, for example,

prenominal genitives (Saxon genitives), numerals and negatives, seem to havesubstantive roots.

Whatever the correct analysis is, I assume that a determiner, at least,

consists of √root and d.22
Following the assumption, the structures in (76) and (78) are further elaborated asfollows:(80){{d, √the}, {{d, √the}, {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}}} = <{d, the},{<√picture, n>, (of) who}>i.

PM by SM (i.e. Merge) forms {√picture, {√picture, n}}, which isrepresentationally interpreted as <√picture, n>.

22

Wood and Marantz (2015) argue that prepositional phrases consist of √root and p in their highly

elaborated version of Distributed Morphology. If pP and dP both have their categorizers and roots,
all functional categories (e.g. p, d, n and a) except for the core functional categories (C, T and v) would
have their roots directly merge with their functional heads by external Merge. If it is on the righttrack, PHAVE (see chapter 2) could be decomposed into p and √have.

110Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrasesii.

Merge externally forms {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {{d, √the}, {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of)who}}.

iv.

PM by SM (i.e. Merge) internally forms {{d, √the}, {{d, √the},{{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}}}, which is representationallyinterpreted as <{d, √the}, {<√picture, n>, (of) who}>.
(adapted from (76))

The graph-theoretic notation of this structure and derivation is illustrated below:(81){{d, √the}, {{d, √the}, {{√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}}} = <{d, √the},{<√picture, n>, (of) who}>i.
√picture√picture√picture=n√picturenii.
√picture√picture v*(of) who

iii.
d

√the

√picture√picture v*(of) who

iv.

d

√the

{d, √the}d√the√picture√picture n=(of) who

111{d, √the} picture (of) who

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases(82){{√picture, {√picture, <√the, n>}}, (of) who} = {<√picture, <√the, n>>, (of)who}i.

PM by SM (i.e. Merge) forms {√picture, {√picture, <√the, n>}}, whichis representationally interpreted as <√picture, n>.

ii.

Merge externally forms {{√picture, {√picture, <√the, n>}}, (of) who}.
(adapted from (78))

The graph-theoretic notation of the structure and derivation is illustrated below:(83){{√picture, {√picture, <√the, n>}}, (of) who} = {<√picture, <√the, n>>, (of)who}i.
√picture√picture=√picture√picture

√the

√the

√the
√the

n

n

ii.
(of) who√picture√picture √the√thenCrucially, {d, √the} should not be the logical alternative <√the, d> in (80).

As arguedin Chomsky (2007) and Oishi (2015), among others, noun phrases are not determinerphrases because both phrases are intuitively nominals.

Following the intuition, it isnaturally deduced that the label of the so-called NP and DP turns into n, which is the nhead bearing the set of interpretive phi-features and plausibly other features.
prediction is technically welcome.

This

Suppose that the label of nominals is not n but d.

Then, we have at least two problems.

The first problem is that PM by SM cannot
112

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

correctly apply and cannot yield the desired result.
search either labels nominals as dP or fails to label.

(84)

The second one is that minimal
Let us consider this case below:{a {√the, {d, √the}}, {{√the, {d, √the}}, {b {√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of)who}}} ≠ <a <√the, d>, {b <√picture, n>, (of) who}>i.

PM by SM (i.e. Merge) forms {b √picture, {√picture, n}}, which isrepresentationally interpreted as <√picture, n>.

ii.

Merge externally forms {{b √picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}.

iii.

PM by SM forms {√the, {d, √the}}, which is representationallyinterpreted as <√the, d>.

iv.

Merge externally forms {{√the, {d, √the}}, {b {√picture, {√picture, n}},(of) who}}.

v.

PM by SM (i.e. Merge) internally forms {a {√the, {d, √the}}, {{√the,{d, √the}}, {b {√picture, {√picture, n}}, (of) who}}}, which cannot be
representationally interpreted as <a <√the, d>, {b <√picture, n>, (of)who}>.

First, PM by SM cannot form the derivational ordered pair or the representational orderedpair as in (84).

(85)

Recall (29), repeated here as (85):

PM by SM (the final version):head-head adjunctiona.

Pair-Merge (X0, Y0) = Merge (X0, (X0, Y0)) = Merge (X0, {X0, Y0}) ={X0, {X0, Y0}} = <X0, Y0>b.

Pair-Merge (Y0, X0) = Merge (Y0, (Y0, X0)) = Merge (Y0, {Y0, X0}) ={Y0, {Y0, X0}} = <Y0, X0>

phrase-phrase adjunctionc.

Pair-Merge (XP, YP) = Merge (XP, (XP, YP)) = Merge (XP, {XP, YP})
= {XP, {XP, YP}} = <XP, YP>

113

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrasesd.

Pair-Merge (YP, XP) = Merge (YP, (YP, XP)) = Merge (YP, {YP, XP})= {YP, {YP, XP}} = <YP, XP>

Given the formulation of PM by SM, Pair-Merge (X0, YP) = Merge (X0, (X0, YP)) cannot
form a derivational/representational ordered pair.

In other words, phrase-head Merge

cannot yield a derivational/representational ordered pair.

In (84), {√the, {d, √the}} (i.e.

representationally <√the, d>) is an X0-level object (i.e. head), but {b <√picture, n>, (of)who} is an XP-level object (i.e. phrase).
level objects.

Recall that PM by SM applies only to same-

The resulting structure in (84) is thus only a gibberish set at least becauseinternally merging the determiner {√the, {d, √the}} is redundant.
Second, even if we form the ordered pair <a <√the, d>, {b <√picture, n>, (of) who}>
somehow, minimal search labels a as <√the, d>P, which is dP informally, whereas
minimal search labels b as nP. This leads the derivation to crash in terms of the failureof agreement/feature sharing.

For example, the problematic argument structure of John

hit the picture of who is shown as follows (in the graph-theoretic notation, several
irrelevant parts are omitted for expository purposes):

(86)

a.

{John, {v*, {δ <a <√the, d>, {nP <√picture, n>, (of) who}>, {g √hit, tthe
picture of who}}}}}b.

As shown in the graph-theoretic notation, the verbal root √hit and the amalgam <√the, d>
are at the same depth.

At the relevant stage of the derivation, minimal search thus

locates them, but the labeling of δ and g fails in terms of no feature sharing (i.e. noagreement/no strong relation).

Notice that the nP is also at the same depth as theamalgam and the root, but it is not an atomic element/head but rather a set with the given
114

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

label nP.

Accordingly, the nP is not a possible candidate for labeling a, δ and g.

In

addition, it is crucial that labels do not affect the operations in the narrow syntax (e.g. norecourse to the LAC).

Thus, while the nP is, in effect, n under the bare phrase structure

theory (see Chomsky (1995a, b)), it cannot be a candidate for the labeler.

The detailed

steps of the derivation for the structure are as follows:

(87)

i.

Upon both the formation of the argument structure by Merge andfeature inheritance from v* to √hit, labeling by minimal search takes
place at the timing of Transfer.

ii.

Minimal search labels {<√picture, n>, (of) who} as nP.

iii.

Minimal search locates the nP and <√the, d> in a.

iv.

Minimal search labels a as dP because <√the, d> is a head.

v.

Minimal search locates the <√the, d> and √hit in δ.

vi.

Minimal search fails to label δ because <√the, d> and √hit are notin the strong relation (i.e. agreement).

One might say that labeling may still logically take place correctly as long as object
nP does not contain a complement such as (of) who.

(88)

a.

This possibility is illustrated below:{John, {v*, {δ <<√the, d>, <√picture, n>>, {g √hit, tthe picture}}}}}b.

In this case, minimal search labels δ as <<√the, d>, <√picture, n>> because it is a head.
Then, g remains unlabeled, and such a structure, by definition, cannot obtain the correctinterpretation at the CI, thus violating Full Interpretation.

What is worse, uCase on the

picture also remains unvalued, and again, the structure crashes at the CI in terms of aviolation of Full Interpretation.

The steps of this derivation are delineated below:
115

Chapter 3: Reformulating Pair-Merge of Phrases

(89)

i.

Upon both the formation of the argument structure by Merge andfeature inheritance from v* to √hit, labeling by minimal search takes
place at the timing of Transfer.

ii.

Minimal search locates <<√the, d>, <√picture, n>> and {g √hit, tthe
picture} in δ.

iii.

Minimal search labels δ as <<√the, d>, <√picture, n>> whereas fails
to label g because √hit alone is too weak to serve as a label.
Furthermore, uCase on the nominal remains unvalued, and it
causes the derivation to crash at the CI interface.

3.7

Summary
In this chapter, I have extended PM by SM of heads to PM by SM of heads/phrases.

PM by SM of heads was originally proposed as the operation applying only to heads/X0objects.

The targets of Merge, however, conceptually should not be restricted,

considering the nature of the faculty of language which assures recursion.

Putdifferently, Merge should access any object in the narrow syntax unless stipulated.

This

paradoxical situation is resolved via an extended version of PM by SM.

In this final

version of PM by SM, the targets of the application are loosely restricted in terms of adefinition of ordered pairs in ZFC.

Considering the definition of ZFC, the targets of theapplication of PM by SM need to be the same levels, which are either set-members (i.e.
XP-level) or atomic-members (i.e. X0-level).

If the targets are set-members, thisapplication of PM by SM is equal to the phrasal adjunction.

Consequently, it follows

that the final reformulation of PM by SM can explain various empirical facts concerning
the phrasal adjunction such as the (anti-)adjunction condition effects, the Condition C
effects and the Specificity Effects.

Furthermore, the proposed reformulation makes us

deeply consider new possibilities of the internal structures of nominals.

By doing so,

we move toward the true nature of the faculty of language under the spirit of the
Minimalist Program.

116

Chapter 4

Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

4.1

Introduction
In the previous chapters, we reformulated pair-Merge in terms of evolvability,

simplicity and the basic properties of the faculty of language.

This chapter mainly

discusses and reformulates another problematic operation, feature inheritance, as it isconceptually ideal that we eliminate feature inheritance as an elemental operation (seeChomsky, Gallego and Ott (to appear), Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2014b) and Kitahara(2017)).

In this chapter, feature inheritance is not an elemental operation but rather a

special case of minimal search regarding a set of unvalued Phi-features (uPhi).

In

addition, I reformulate feature valuation to be the same minimal search as labeling,
adapting Chomsky’s (2015a) suggestion.

I also show that reformulations explain

various empirical facts especially concerning various types of there constructions.

4.1.1

An Earlier Version of the Minimalist Framework

117Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

In an earlier version of the minimalist framework (e.g. Chomsky (2008)), a basic
derivation proceeds as follows (the graph-theoretic notation is used only for expository
purposes below):

(1)

CP
C

CP
à

TP
T

C

…

TP
EA

T’
T

i.

…

External Merge forms the set-theoretic object [CP C [TP T [v*P EAv*…]]].

ii.

Feature inheritance: T inherits features from C because external Merge
has established the direct relation of C-T.

iii.

Internal Merge forms [CP C [TP EA T [v*P tEA v*…]]] because uPhi on T
has probed into EA.

In this derivation, step (iii) is counter-cyclic because internal Merge inserts EA into CTP.

In other words, internal Merge replaces [CP C [TP T [v*P EA v*…]]] with [CP C [TPEA T [v*P tEA v*…]]].

This kind of replacement is barred in the current minimalist

model because the counter-cyclic internal Merge violates two conditions.

The first

violated condition is the Extension Condition which is not an independent principle but
is deduced by the minimal search of Merge itself (see Chomsky (2015b: 82)).
that minimal search is part of minimal computation, a third factor principle.
violated condition is the NTC (No-Tampering Condition).

RecallThe second

Note that the NTC, as wellas the Inclusiveness Condition, conforms to the SMT (Strong Minimalist Thesis).

In thederivation above, we cannot alter [CP C [TP T [v*P EA v*…]]] into the different syntactic
object [CP C [TP EA T [v*P tEA v*…]]].

In contrast, Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2012,2014) motivate this counter-cyclic internal Merge by elaborating the system ofderivations.

Their approach capitalizes on the two-peaked structures which deduce

Transfer per phase without depending on the lexical array or sub-array (see chapter 3).

118

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

Chomsky (2013, 2015a), nevertheless, resolves the problem of the counter-cyclic internal
Merge in a different way.

4.1.2

We review this different way in the following section.

The Current Framework and a Problem

In the current framework (e.g. Chomsky (2013, 2015a)), Merge applies freely in any
order, regardless of whether external or internal.

The basic derivation proceeds asfollows:

(2)

β

γ

EA

α
T

C

➔
…

β
EA

α
T

…

i.

External Merge forms the set-theoretic object [α T [EA v*…]].

ii.

Internal Merge forms [β EA [α T [v*P tEA v*…]]].

iii.

External Merge forms [γ C [β EA [α T [v*P tEA v*…]]]].

iv.

Feature inheritance: T inherits features from C, but how does it takeplace?

The derivation based on freely applying Merge resolves the problem of the counter cyclic
internal Merge, strictly following the Extension Condition and the NTC.

This is because

the application of (external and) internal Merge is strictly cyclic.

This new system,

however, leads to another problem concerning feature inheritance.

Namely, feature

inheritance takes place problematically because no appropriate relation exists between C
and T (i.e., EA intervenes in the relation C-T).

Put differently, it is obscure how feature

inheritance applies in the current minimalist framework.
In this chapter, I resolve the problem by proposing the reformulation of feature
inheritance (and also feature valuation).

The main proposal of this chapter is to argue

that feature inheritance is simply minimal search.

More concretely, I propose an

equation, Feature Inheritance = Matching = Minimal Search, which is defined as follows:119Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation(3)

Feature inheritance is minimal search by uPhi-set, which identifies the mostappropriate goal; hence matching.

I also propose that feature valuation is the same minimal search as minimal search forlabeling.

(4)

Labeling is minimal search, which identifies unlabeled syntactic objects andunvalued features; hence valuation.

The two proposals explain the derivation of the there construction which has an empiricalproblem under the current minimalist model.

I will point out the problem in the next

section.
This chapter is organized as follows.

Section 4.2 reviews analytic assumptions andpoints out that the current minimalist framework has an empirical problem in the there
construction, which is called an XP-YP problem.
inheritance and feature valuation.
minimal search.

In section 4.3, I reformulate feature

In this reformulation, both operations are justI also demonstrate that the reformulated feature inheritance deduces

the condition on internal PM by SM of heads.

In section 4.4, it is demonstrated that thereformulation of feature inheritance resolves the XP-YP problem in the there beconstruction and the unaccusative there construction.

In section 4.5, the proposals willfurther explain “unaccusativized” there constructions.

In section 4.6, it is illustrated thatthe proposals and analyses can explain the (non-)extractablity and (non-)subextractablityof associate and scopal/binding phenomena in there constructions.

Section 4.7

summarizes the chapter.

4.2

Analytic Assumptions and a Conceptual Problem

4.2.1

Simplest Merge and LabelingIn the earlier models of the Minimalist Program, Merge automatically produces alabel (see Chomsky (1995a, b)).

In contrast, Chomsky (2013, 2015a) has formulated

Merge as simplest Merge, which does not yield the label automatically.
120

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation(5)

Chomsky (1995a, b):
Merge (α, β) = {α, {α, β}}/α = label(6)

Chomsky (2013, 2015a):
Simplest Merge (α, β) = {α, β}Simplest Merge eliminates labels; labeling takes place by minimal search as has beenelsewhere in this paper.

(7)This labeling process is repeated below:

Labeling by Minimal Searcha.

{H, XP} → {HP H, XP}b.

{XP, tYP} → {XP XP, tYP}c.

{XP, YP}/X sharing features (e.g. Phi-set) with Y→ {<Phi, Phi> XP, YP}

4.2.2

Freely Applying Merge

At the third step in (1), the probing of uPh triggers internal Merge, but Merge freely
applies in the current minimalist framework.

(8)

John hit Mary:{C, {γ John, {δ T, {tJohn, {v*P <√hit, v*>, …}}}}}

After all computations for v*P phase have taken place, (i) Merge externally forms {T,{John, {v*P √hit-v*…}}}.
v*…}}}}.

(ii) Merge internally forms {John {T, {tJohn, {v*P √hit-(iii) Merge externally forms {C, {John, {T, {tJohn, {v*P √hit-v*…}}}}}.

(iv) T inherits features from C (feature inheritance).

(v) Labeling by minimal searchtakes place: γ and δ are labeled as <Phi, Phi> and TP, respectively, as John and T agree.
(vi) Pair-Merge internally forms <√hit, v*>.

(vii) The complement of C gets transferred.

This basic system of derivations was further refined in earlier chapters, especially inchapters 2 and 3.

That is, pair-Merge has been reformulated by the double application
121

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuationof Merge, PM by SM (Pair-Merge formulated by Simplest Merge).

Adopting thereformulation, the derivational steps in (8) are refined as follows:(9)John hit Mary:{C, {γ John, {δ T, {tJohn, {v*P {√hit, {√hit, v*}}, …}}}}}

After the completion of v*P phase, (i) Merge externally forms {T, {John, {v*P √hitv*…}}}.

(ii) Merge internally forms {John {T, {tJohn, {v*P √hit-v*…}}}}.

externally forms {C, {John, {T, {tJohn, {v*P √hit-v*…}}}}}.
C (feature inheritance).

(iii) Merge(iv) T inherits features from(v) PM by SM internally forms {√hit, {√hit, v*}} which isrepresentationally interpreted as <√hit, v*>.

(vi) Labeling by minimal search takes

place: γ and δ are labeled as <Phi, Phi> and TP, respectively, as John and T agree.

(vii)

The complement of C gets transferred.

4.2.3

A Conceptual Problem

As we have seen, a C-T relation has never been established in (8i-vii) and (9i-vii), asJohn intervenes in the C-T relation.

In short, the problem is how feature inheritancetakes place within the derivational system shown in (8i-vii) and (9i-vii).

Note that T.

Daniel Seely (p.c.) and Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2014b) are aware of the sameproblem and propose the alternative steps of Merge, but I do not adopt their idea, which
I will discuss in the next chapter.

(10)

A Conceptual Problem:
Under the typical syntactic derivation in the current minimalist framework(Chomsky (2013, 2015a)), freely and cyclically applying simplest Merge
cannot establish an appropriate relation for feature inheritance.

In what follows, I will solve this problem and explain the structures and derivations of
there constructions.

122

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

4.3

Reformulating Feature Inheritance and Feature Valuation

4.3.1

Reformulating Feature Inheritance

To resolve the conceptual problem above, I propose the following hypothesis:(11)

Feature Inheritance = Matching = Minimal Search:
Feature inheritance is minimal search by uPhi-set, which identifies the mostappropriate goal; hence matching.

Given the hypothesis, the uPhi-set (perhaps along with other features, such as Tense) ofa phase head probes into its c-commanding domain in a similar way to Probe-Goal Agree(see Chomsky (2000, 2001)).
in (10).

(12)

Let us consider how hypothesis (11) resolves the problem

Feature Inheritance = Matching = Minimal Search works as illustrated below:[γ C [β [δ n √John] [α T …]]]:γC[uPhi-set]
δ

γ
β

n
√John T[[i-person][i-number][i-gender]

➔

C

α
]

β
δ

…

α

n
√John T…
[u-person][i-person][u-number][i-number][u-gender][i-gender]

The uPhi-set on C simultaneously finds both a weak head (e.g. T) and a nominalinterpretable Phi-set on a head n in John.

Crucially, I assume that this tells the uPhi-set

which uPhi the weak head should inherit (i.e. matching).

For instance, when the uPhi-

set simultaneously finds T and the n head of John [3rd-person, singular, masculine], thematched [u-person, u-singular, u-gender] is transmitted to T.

(13)

A weak head inherits features in a matching relation established by minimal
search by uPhi-set.

123

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

On this account, the proposal (11) solves the problem (10) because minimal searchestablishes the appropriate relation for feature inheritance.

4.3.2

Reformulating Valuation

After the matching effect is maximized (cf. Chomsky (2001: 15)), the next step isfeature valuation.

Adapting Chomsky’s (2013, 2015a) suggestion, I assume that feature

valuation is a by-product of labeling by minimal search.

(14)

Labeling = Feature Valuation = Minimal Search:Labeling is minimal search, which identifies unlabeled syntactic objects andunvalued features; hence valuation.

Following this assumption, feature valuation takes place exactly when labeling does.
The reformulation is reasonable.
on unspecified syntactic sets.

Labeling involves putting the names of simple heads

Valuation also involves putting the names of matchedfeatures on unvalued/unspecified features.

The parallelism should hold as long as bothlabeling and valuation are minimal search.
For the unification of labeling and feature valuation (or Agree), see Epstein, Kitahara
and Seely (2014b) and Kato et al. (2016), among others.

See also Epstein, Obata andSeely (to appear) and Chomsky (2016b) for an analysis still holding something as ProbeGoal Agree in the current minimalist framework.

4.3.3

Deducing the Condition on Internal PM by SM of Heads

As discussed in chapter 2, Chomsky (2007: 6, 2013: 40, fn. 20, 2015b: 82) argues
that the concept of multidimensionality or multidominance, which late Merge, parallel
Merge (see Nunes (1995) and Citko (2005)) and other subspecies of Merge involve,
violates “the minimal search requirement for Merge itself” (Chomsky (2015b: 82)).
Namely, Merge is binary but not ternary, quaternary or more in terms of simplicity andcomputational efficiency.

As for the ternary relation, recall that Chomsky (2015b: 82)

124

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

states that “[y]ou’re ﬁnding one item in the workspace, you find something inside it –that’s two – and then you’re ﬁnding a third one which you attach this to.”(15)

The Binary Requirement of Minimal Search for Merge:n = 2/Merge (X1, …, Xn) = {X1, …, Xn}

This requirement must be applied to pair-Merge as long as it is one type of Merge.

(16)

The Binary Requirement of Minimal Search for Pair-Merge:n = 2/pair-Merge (X1, …, Xn) = <X1, …, Xn>

If (16) holds, when pair-Merge internally applies to elements in a given workspace, headmovement cannot occur.

Let us review the following typical structure and derivation

for the v*P phase under the system of Chomsky (2015a).

(17){John, {<√hit, v*>, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {γ √hit, Mary}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {John, {v*, {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}}}.

iv.

√hit inherits features from v*.

v.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal search: δ and γ are labeled
as <Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

vi.

Pair-Merge internally forms <√hit, v*> with v* affixed: such a v*
becomes invisible, and the phase-hood is activated on t√hit.

vii.

The complement of t√hit gets transferred.
(cf. (2i-iii), (8))

When internal pair-Merge applies in (17), you ﬁnd {John, {v*, {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}}}in the workspace, you find √hit inside it – that is two – and then you ﬁnd the third one,v* which you attach this to.

This violates (16) because n ≠ 2 but n = 3.
125

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

The proposals and analyses in the sections 4.3 and 4.4 resolve this problem.

Thisis because minimal search for feature inheritance has already established the relation
between two lexical items through minimal search for feature inheritance.

Minimalsearch for pair-Merge, therefore, does not need to look at the SO (syntactic object) {John,{v*, {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}}} in the workspace.

(18)

Minimal search for pair-Merge does not apply iff minimal search for feature
inheritance has established the relation between two lexical items.

(19){John, {<√hit, v*>, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {γ √hit, Mary}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {John, {v*, {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}}}.

iv.

The uPhi-set on v* minimally searches for Mary and √hit: √hit
inherits uPhi-set from v* (feature inheritance).

v.

Labeling and feature valuation take place by minimal search: δ and γ
are labeled as <Phi, Phi> and √P respectively.

vi.

Pair-Merge internally forms <√hit, v*> thanks to the relation
established via minimal search in (19iv): such a v* becomes invisible,
and the phase-hood is activated on t√hit.

vii.

The complement of t√hit gets transferred.

The generalization in (18) is quite similar to the condition on internal PM by SM
discussed in chapter 2, which is repeated here as (20):(20)

Merge only sees relevant heads iff feature inheritance has established therelation between two lexical items.

The generalization in (18) is, therefore, finally completed by (20) and PM by SM as
shown below:

126Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation(21)

Minimal search for Merge does not apply iff minimal search for feature
inheritance has established the relation between two lexical items.

Rigidly assuming that feature inheritance is minimal search makes the condition oninternal PM by SM much more advanced.

Although we do not know why the originalstatement in (20) can hold, we can deduce the final version of the condition in (21) as
discussed above.

(22)

The deduction is summarized as follows:

Deductive Steps to the Condition on Internal PM by SM of Heads:i.

The Binary Requirement of Minimal Search for Merge: n = 2/Merge(X1, …, Xn) = {X1, …, Xn}.

ii.

Feature Inheritance = Minimal Search, which establishes the relation
between two lexical items.

iii.

The relation established by Feature Inheritance = Minimal Search
ensures binarity of minimal search for Merge.

iv.

Internal Merge of two heads applies successfully because the binarity
has been ensured by minimal search for feature inheritance.

v.

The condition on internal PM by SM is deduced.

The typical structure and derivation for the v*P phase in (17) is refined, eliminating aprimitive operation, pair-Merge, as argued elsewhere:(23){John, {{√hit, {√hit, v*}}, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {γ √hit, Mary}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {John, {v*, {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}}}.

iv.

√hit inherits features from v*.

v.

PM by SM internally forms {√hit, {√hit, v*}}: such a v* becomes
invisible, and the phase-hood is activated on t√hit.

127

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

vi.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal search: δ and γ are labeled
as <Phi, Phi> and √P respectively.

vii.

The complement of t√hit gets transferred.
(Cf. (9))

The application of internal Merge of heads in (23v) is possible thanks to the condition in
(21).

4.4

Resolving an XP-YP Problem

4.4.1

An XP-YP Problem

The proposals in (13) and (14) provide the principled explanation for a symmetric
XP-YP problem in there constructions.

In the copular structure {be {δ XP, YP}}, XP or

YP internally merges to SPEC-T (i.e. SPEC-be) for labeling δ (see Chomsky (2013: 43–44) and Moro (1997)) unless X agrees with Y:(24)

XP copula {δ tXP, YP}

As a result, δ is labeled as YP because a lower copy left by set-Merge (but not pair-Merge)is, by definition, invisible.

For instance, the underlying structure of the cause of the fireis lightning or lightning is the cause of the fire is as follows:(25)[be [lightning, the cause of the fire]]

The resulting sentences depend on which SO internal Merge takes.
This readily predicts that internal Merge of XP or YP does not take place in there
constructions because there has externally merged to SPEC-T (i.e. there insertion).

The

prediction leads the derivation to crash at the interface(s) since δ is not labeled (the XPYP problem).

(26)

An Empirical Problem (The XP-YP Problem):128

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

In a there construction, such as there are [δ [nP three men] [PP in the room]],label δ is not determined.

In the next section, I show that the proposals in (11) and (14) resolve the empirical XPYP problem.

4.4.2

There Be Constructions

The proposals in (13) and (14) resolve the XP-YP problem above, assuming that the
copula is virtually the derivational ordered pair {√be, {√be, T}} or the representational
ordered pair <√be, T>.

The structure and derivation of there are three men in the room

under the current minimalist framework is as follows (bold parts below are new analyses
entailed by the proposals):1(27){C, {γ there, {{√be, {√be, T}}, {δ {three, men}, {ε t√be, {tthree men, {in, {the,room}}}}}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {√be, {{three, men}, {in, {the, room}}}}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {{three, men}, {√be, {tthree men, {in, {the,room}}}}}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {C, {there, {T, {{three, men}, {ε √be, {tthree men,{in, {the, room}}}}}}}}

iv.

The uPhi-set on C minimally searches for there and T: T inherits uperson from C (partial feature inheritance).

v.

The uPhi-set continues to search for three men and √be: √beinherits the full uPhi-set from C (full feature inheritance).

vi.

PM by SM internally forms {√be, {√be, T}}: such a T becomes
invisible.

1

Richards and Biberauer (2005) and Richards (2006) argue that the expletive there generally occurs

at SPEC-v (see also Alexiadou and Schaefer (2011)). However, I adopt the standard assumption thatthe expletive there externally merges to SPEC-T. For another possibility, see Nakajima (1997).

129Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

vii.

Labeling and feature valuation take place by minimal search: γ, δand ε are labeled <Phi, Phi>, <Phi, Phi> and √P respectively.

viii. The complement of C gets transferred.

In (27vii), the δ is labeled as <Phi, Phi> due to the feature inheritance implemented byminimal search in (27v).

Accordingly, the XP-YP problem dissolves.

I assume that

there is not an X0-level object but rather an XP-level object which is perhaps {n, pro} or{d, pro} (see Uriagereka (1988); Epstein, Kitahara, Seely (2014a)).

Additionally, I

assume that n or d in there bears the defective phi-set which contains [3rd-person] only
(see Richards and Biberauer (2005) and Richards (2007)).2

Therefore, the visible √bein {√be, {√be, T}} bears the full uPhi-set but defectively agrees with there under the
proposal in (14), which is Labeling = Feature Valuation = Minimal Search.

One might

wonder why the defective agreement does not cause the derivation to crash at the CI
interface because the defective agreement leaves the other uPhi-features on the √be (i.e.
[u-number] and [u-gender]) unvalued.3
are valued on the lower copy of √be.

All of the remaining uPhi-features, however,I assume that the derivation does not crash if thevaluation of one copy is completed regardless of whether it is the lower copy or the higher
copy (cf. Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2017) and Kitahara (2017)).

This is quiteplausible because copies are parts of a discontinuous object or a chain (i.e. sequence) of
occurrences.

That is, the higher copy of √be is the same as the lower copy of √be.

This

essential identity is simply ensured by internal Merge in the current minimalist framework.
As long as {√be, {√be, T}} is formed by internal Merge, the complete-phi-valuation of√be is sufficient for one copy.

For more on this topic, see Epstein, Kitahara and Seely(2017) and Kitahara (2017).
It is logically possible that PM by SM forms {T, {T, √be}}, the reverse derivational
ordered pair, to the extent that we assume freely applying Merge.
2

In this case, we do

Chomsky (2000, 2001, 2004) argues that the there expletive is a simple head (i.e. X0), which bears

the uninterpretable-person feature only.
3

The defective agreement might leave all three Phi-features (i.e. [u-person], [u-number] and [u-gender]) unvalued as discussed in Chomsky (2001), although I do not select this option.

130

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

not need to wonder if the phi-valuation of √be is sufficient for one copy, as it is invisible.
Instead, 3rd-person on there and u-person on T, under the proposal in (13), share theperson feature.

Hence, the label of γ is <Phi, Phi> or <Person, Person>. This pattern

predicts that the default agreement is the instantiation of {T, {T, √be}} (or <T, √be >).
The prediction seems right because we observe the default agreement effects in the list
there construction as illustrated below:4

(28)

Q:

Who is still here (to do the work)?

a.

A:

There {is/*am} only me.

b.

A:

There {remains/*remain} only me.

c.

A:

There {is/are} only {us/John and Bill}.
(adapted from Chomsky (2000: 149, fn. 90))

(29)

And there’s two components in [Division H], which is the operations division:
the people that do the flight activity planning procedures work, provide forthe crew activity planning and the time line support and integrated procedures
development and overall flight data file management; and then there is thepayload support folks, who provide for customer operations integration andsupport of their onboard interfaces.
(Ward and Birner (1995: 734))

These facts support the partial feature inheritance illustrated in (27iv) and the free creationof reverse order {T, {T, √be}} by PM by SM.

4

In list reading, be verbs are often contracted as shown below:(i)

There’s only me.

(ii)

There’s the payload support folks.

I do not enter into the discussion of the contraction, but the reverse order of the derivational orderedpair might involve this phenomenon. Also, note that the definiteness restriction disappears in list
reading. See section 4.6 for this restriction.

131

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

4.4.3

Unaccusative There Constructions

Even if unaccusative verbs such as appear occur in there constructions, the XP-YP
problem dissolves under the proposals.

According to Epstein, Kitahara and Seely(2016), external pair-Merge of heads freely applies in any order.

Recall that they argue

that this type of application of pair-merge occurs in passive/unaccusative structures (seechapter 2). Adapting their analysis, I argued in chapter 2 that PM by SM externallyforms {√root, {√root, v*}} in passive/unaccusative constructions.

Following theanalysis of the external application of PM by SM and assuming abstract √do in the lexicon,
the structure and derivation of there appeared a ship on the horizon is as follows:(30){C, {γ there, {{√do, {√do, T}}, {{√appear, {√appear, v*}}, {δ {a, ship}, {εt√do, {ta ship, {on, {the, horizon}}}}}}}}}i.

PM by SM externally forms {√appear, {√appear, v*}}.

ii.

Merge externally/internally forms {C, {γ there, {T, {{√appear, {√appear,v*}}, {δ {a, ship}, {ε √do, {ta ship, {on, {the, horizon}}}}}}}}}.

iii.

The uPhi-set on C minimally searches for there and T: T inherits uperson from C (partial feature inheritance).

iv.

The uPhi-set continues to search for a ship and √do: √do inherits
the full uPhi-set from C (full feature inheritance).

v.

PM by SM internally forms {√do, {√do, T}}: such a T becomes
invisible to minimal search.

vi.

Labeling and feature valuation take place by minimal search: γ, δand ε are labeled as <Phi, Phi>, <Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

vii.

The complement of C gets transferred.

Again, the XP-YP problem dissolves thanks to (30iii, iv).

Note that how √do achievesa phonological realization is a matter of externalization.

I do not discuss it in detailbecause this is beyond the scope of this paper.

132

However, it is plausible to assume that

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation√do merges with T because √do overtly appears at T when the sentence is emphasized or
negativized.

(31)

a.

We DO/DID want to help you.

b.

We do/did not want to help you.

What meaning √do has is a problem if we assume √do in the lexicon, as heads (e.g. Agr)cannot exit only for the purely syntactic operations, following the SMT.

Notice that √dois unambiguously necessary for the SM system, but its existence is not essential,
considering the primacy of the CI system (i.e. Language of Thought).

Once we,however, assume √do can be not only the root of auxiliary do but also that of main verb
do, the problem dissolves.

The root of main verb do is undoubtedly √do, and the verb

do probably is comprised of {√do, v*} or <√do, v*>.
that the verb do has some meaning.

Undoubtedly, everyone agrees

Thus, the true problem is what meaning auxiliary

do has, and this is clearly beyond the scope of this paper.
In unaccusative there constructions, it is also logically possible that PM by SM forms
the reverse order of {√do, {√do, T}}, which is {T, {T, √do}}.

Again, this possibility is

supported by the list reading:

(32)

Q:

Who is still here (to do the work)?

A:

There remains/*remain only me.
(=(28b))Section 4.4, under the proposals in section 4.3, has provided the new analyses of two
types of there constructions: the there be construction and the unaccusative there
construction.

In the next section, I will show that the proposals and the analyses further

explain peripheral there constructions.

4.5.

“Unaccusativized” There Constructions

4.5.1

Unaccusativized Unergatives Verbs
133

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

Given the unaccusativization of unergatives and the basic analysis in unaccusative
there constructions in section 4.4.3, I propose the following structure and derivation ofan unergative there construction, there walked into the room three men:5(33){C, {γ there, {<√do, T>, < {<<√walk, into the room>, v*>, {δ {three, men},{ε t√do, tthree men}}}, {three, men} >}}}i.

PM by SM externally forms <into, <room, the>>.

ii.

PM by SM externally forms <<√walk, into the room>, v*> (i.e.
{{√walk, {√walk, into the room}}, {{√walk, {√walk, into the room}},v*}}).

iii.

Merge forms {<<√walk, into the room>, v*>, {δ {three, men}, {ε √do,tthree men}}}.

iv.

PM by SM internally forms < {<<√walk, into the room>, v*>, {δ {three,men}, {ε √do, tthree men}}}, {three, men} >.

v.

Merge forms {C, {γ there, {T, < {<<√walk, into the room>, v*>, {δ{three, men}, {ε √do, tthree men}}}, {three, men} >}}}.

vi.

The uPhi-set on C minimally searches for there and T: T inherits uperson from C (partial feature inheritance).

vii.

The uPhi-set continues to search for three men and √do: √doinherits the full uPhi-set from C (full feature fnheritance).

viii. PM by SM internally forms <√do, T> (i.e. {√do, {√do, T}}): such a T
becomes invisible.
ix.

Labeling and feature valuation take place by minimal search: γ, δand ε are labeled as <Phi, Phi>, <Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

x.

5

The complement of C gets transferred.

The angle brackets for into the room are omitted for expository purposes; into the rooms is assumed

to be a complex head formed by PM by SM. Angle brackets for the representational ordered pair are
adopted for making the notation simpler. In addition, the strike-through elements indicate that they
are lower copies formed by internal PM by SM of phrases.

134

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

First, the unergative verb walk (into the room) is unaccusativized by external PM by
SM of √walk and v*.6

The unaccusativization in there constructions is supported by thefollowing empirical facts (cf. Omune (2016)).

(34)

a.

There walked into the room a fierce-looking tomcat.

b.

A fierce-looking tomcat came into the room by walking.

c.

There ambled into the room a frog.

d.

A frog came into the room by ambling.

e.

Suddenly, there ran out of the bushes a grizzly bear.

f.

A grizzly bear came out of the bushes by running.
(a, c: Milsark (1974: 155, 246))(e: Lumsden (1988: 38))

6

I put aside the problem of whether Merge, PM by SM or the combination of both forms into theroom. Each option is logically possible under the conception of freely applying Merge. In addition,note that a locative expression such as into the room is often part of the unaccusativized verb in theunaccusativized unergative there construction, but it is not necessary.
(i)* There walked a well-known actor through passport control.

(ii)

Into the courtroom there walked two people I had thought were dead.
(i: Lumsden (1988: 38))
(ii: Kuno and Tkami (2004: 45))

In the latter case, external or internal PM by SM seems to apply to the phrase into the room. Then,the phrase becomes part of the derivational ordered pair of the matrix clause. Ultimately, it largely
depends on the CI interpretation whether linguistic expressions are interpretable.

Thus,

unaccusataivized interpretation is allowed in the there construction as long as the resulting expressions
satisfy the suitable condition. I do not enter into what condition it is because it is a matter of the CI
semantics. Whatever this condition is, the examples above, to some extent, support freely applying
Merge.

Essentially, any expression can be generated via Merge, regardless of whether it is deviant

or not. Merge can therefore yield the expression of (i), but the CI system regards it as deviant. In
contrast, the CI system regards the expression of (i) formed through Merge as natural under the
relevant interpretive condition.

135

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

Sentences in (34b, d, f) are roughly paraphrased versions of those in (34a, c, e)
respectively.

The theta-role of all subjects in the paraphrased sentences are the theme

assigned by the main verb come.

The semantic flavor, such as the agent, is assigned by

the verbs in the by-phrases (i.e. by walking, by ambling and by running).

The unergative

verbs thus simply “modify” the events in unergative there constructions.

Crucially, theleading event is expressed via the unaccusative structure.

These facts therefore support

the analysis of the unaccusativization of unergative verbs in (33). 7

The √walk justmodifies the event of v* in <<√walk, into the room>, v*>, and the entire structuralconfiguration, including <<√walk, into the room>, v*>, denotes the main unaccusative
event (for more on this topic, see Acedo-Matellán (2010) and Acedo-Matellán and Mateu(2014), among others).
Second, assuming that the abstract √do occurs in a relevant structure, labeling δ takes
place successfully.

In the proposed unaccusativized structure, √do can be, by hypothesis,

introduced in the relevant course of the derivation.

Minimal search for labelingtherefore labels δ as <Phi, Phi> through the relation Agree (i.e. feature sharing) for thesame reason as the typical unaccusative case.

7

Eventually, labeling takes place

Unergative verbs such as frown, smile, breathe do not occur in there constructions because they are

not verbs of existence/appearance (cf. Levin (1993)):(i)* There frowned/smiled/breathed into the room a stranger I met yesterday.

(ii) * Into the room there frowned/smiled/breathed a stranger I met yesterday.
Interestingly, these verbs are unacceptable in the by-phrase sentences, but acceptable without by:(i)* A stranger came into the room by frowning/smiling/breathing.

(ii)

A stranger came into the room, frowning/smiling/breathing.

As an informant points out, the former sentence is unacceptable because the by-phrase modifies theway a stranger comes into the room, but the meaning of frown/smile/breathe is not directly related to
the verbal event of come.

In contrast, the latter sentence is acceptable because

frowning/smiling/breathing just describes the behavior of a stranger.

136Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

successfully in the unergative there construction under the proposed reformulation offeature inheritance and feature valuation.
Third, PM by SM of phrases applies at the end of the cycle in the cancelled-v*Pphase, and the associate adjoins to δ, which is informally called the right edge of vP.

I

adopt this landing site, which is proposed in Chomsky’s (2001) Th/Ex(Thematizaion/Extraction), but do not adopt Th/Ex itself because it is not only
conceptually dubious but also empirically problematic.

In the former, as Chomsky(2016a) recently mentions, Spell-Out does not exist in the current minimalist framework(see also Obata (2010)).

Th/Ex is therefore untenable simply because it is an operationof the phonological component and applies at Spell-Out within the weak phase.

In thelatter, because it is an operation of the phonological component, Th/Ex (i.e. rightward
movement) does not change meanings.8

However, it apparently causes surface semantic

effects.

(35)

be verbsa.

* There is the man in the room.

unaccusativesb.

* There appeared all ships on the horizon.

c.

* There arrived the man in the room.

In there constructions, a strong determiner (including a null determiner) cannot occur as
an associate’s partner.

Thus, as the strong reading, we cannot use definites (e.g. the,demonstratives, personal pronouns and possessives) and universals (e.g. all and every) as
a determiner of an associate nP.9

We call this phenomenon the definiteness restriction(regardless of the use of actual definites (cf. Milsark (1974, 1977)).

8

Th/Ex is not restricted to the rightward movement.

The definiteness

It also moves the associate leftward, forexample, in passives (see Chomsky (2001)). However, I focus on the rightward case for expository
purposes.
9

Recall that the definiteness restriction has nothing to do with the list there construction (see (32)).

137

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

restriction is, however, relaxed when the associates are extraposed rightward, regardlessof types of verbs.

(36)

unaccusativesa.

There came to his mind her beautiful and intelligent face.

unergativesb.

There {ambled/hopped} into the room my neighbor’s frog.

transitivesc.

There entered the room the new professor from Sweden.
(a: Quirk et al. (1985: 1409))(b: adapted from Milsark (1974: 246))(c: Julien (2002:13))

We cannot regard Th/Ex as an operation of the phonological component.
movement of Th/Ex clearly causes the surface semantic effect.10

The rightward

Notice that Chomsky(2001) himself argues that Th/Ex applies when an argument structure includes v, a lightverb marking unaccusativity or passive voice.

If so, we can assume that something like

Th/Ex may apply in unergative there constructions because unergatives areunaccusativized in there constructions (see (34) and the relevant discussions above).
the structure in (33), internal PM by SM of phrases replaces Th/Ex.

In

The replacement

by PM by SM is reasonable because PM by SM is an operation in the narrow syntax, andtherefore it can cause surface semantic effects.

Accordingly, something like focus

interpretations in (36) is caused by the structural configuration yielded by internal PM bySM.

10

Furthermore, internal PM by SM obtains the surface word order such as in (34a, c,

Chomsky, Gallogo and Ott (to appear) state that the notion of meaning in the broad sense should

be captured by the holistic interpretation of <SEM, PHON> pairs. That is, SEM provides meaning
in the narrow sense. If we follow their assumption, discourse-related interpretations such as Focus
and Topic may be relegated to PHON. As a result, Th/Ex can change meanings in the broad sense.
I do not pursue this possibility in this paper, but I believe that it is worth exploring.

138

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuatione) and (36b, c).

The analysis based on PM by SM is thus better than analyses based on

Th/Ex or phonological movement.
For the case of the transitive there construction as in (36), we will see relevant
analyses in the next section.

4.5.2

Unaccusativized Transitive Verbs

One of the marginal constructions in English is the TEC (transitive expletive
construction).

I will show in this section that the TEC is also explained by the similar

analysis of the structure and derivation of unergative there constructions.
Given the basic analysis of unaccusative/unergative there constructions, I propose
the following structure and derivation of a transitive there construction, there entered theroom three men from Sweden:(37){C, {γ there, {<√do, T>, <{<<√enter, the room>, v*>, {δ three men from
Sweden, {ε t√do, tthree men from Sweden}}}, three men from Sweden>}}}i.

PM by SM externally forms <room, the>.

ii.

PM by SM externally forms <<√enter, the room>, v*> (i.e. {{√enter,{√enter, the room}}, {{√enter, {√enter, the room}}, v*}}).

iii.

Merge forms {<<√enter, the room>, v*>, {δ three men from Sweden, {ε√do, tthree men from Sweden}}}.

iv.

PM by SM internally forms <{<<√enter, the room>, v*>, {δ three menfrom Sweden, {ε√do, tthree men from Sweden}}}, three men from Sweden>.

v.

Merge forms {C, {γ there, {T, <{<<√enter, the room>, v*>, {δ three menfrom Sweden, {ε√do, tthree men from Sweden}}}, three men from Sweden>}}}.

vi.

The uPhi-set on C minimally searches for there and T: T inherits uperson from C (partial feature inheritance).

vii.

The uPhi-set continues to search for three men and √do: √doinherits the full uPhi-set from C (full feature inheritance).

viii. PM by SM internally forms <√do, T> (i.e. {√do, {√do, T}}): such a T
becomes invisible.
139Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

ix.

Labeling and feature valuation take place by minimal search: γ, δand ε are labeled <Phi, Phi>, <Phi, Phi> and √P respectively.

x.

The complement of C gets transferred.

As already shown in the cases of unaccusativized unergative there constructions, I assume
that the verbal root in the TEC gets unaccusativized, too.

Because roots are generally

assumed to be universally underspecified as to categories, there is virtually no substantial
element like transitive, unergative, and unaccusative roots (cf. Marantz (1997); Halle andMarantz (1993)).

That is, there is no reason to preclude external PM by SM of v* anda root unless stipulated.

The unaccusativization of a transitive verb is, therefore,

logically available in the TEC.

As seen above, unaccusativization of unergative verbs

was in effect supported by the empirical facts in section 4.5.1.

Unaccusativization oftransitive verbs is also empirically supported by facts of Japanese.
In a Hiroshima dialect of Japanese, we can observe the phenomena of
unaccusativization of transitive verbs. In Standard Japanese and many other Japanesedialects, the verb noku can be both intransitive (noku) and transitive (nokeru) as shown
below.

(38)

Many Dialects in Japanese:
a.

Taro,

soko

noite/*nokete.

Taro,

there

√move-I-TE/√move-E-TE‘Taro, get out of the way.’
b.

Taro,

sore

* noite/nokete.

Taro,

it

√move-I-TE/√move-E-TE‘Taro, get it out of the way’

140

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

The examples show that nokete cannot be interpreted as the intransitive meaning.

Onthe contrary, nokete can be interpreted as the intransitive in a Hiroshima dialect.11(39)

A Hiroshima Dialect:
a.

Taro,

soko

noite.

Taro,

there

√move-I-TE‘Taro, get out of the way.’
b.

Taro,

sore

* noiteTaro,it√move-I-TE‘Taro, get it out of the way’
c.

Taro,

sore

nokete.

Taro,it√move-E-TE‘Taro, get it out of the way’
d.

Taro,

soko

nokete.

Taro,

there

√move-E-TE‘Taro, you disappear from here.’

The nokete in (39d) could be the instantiation of unaccusativization of the transitive verb
nokeru.

(40)

This analysis is further support by the following facts:

Many Dialects in Japanese:
a.

nande

wazatonoitan(intransitive)

why

intentionally√move-I-PAST-Q‘Why did you intentionally get out of the way?’
c.

nande

wazatonoketan(transitive)

why

intentionally√move-E-PAST-Q‘Why did you intentionally get it out of the way?’
11

In Japanese (including the Hiroshima dialect), there are verbs doku and dokeru which have the same

meaning as doku and dokeru. Interestingly, doku and dokeru also show the same distributions, which
are shown in (38)–(41), as noku and nokeru.

141

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation(41)

A Hiroshima Dialect:
a.

nande

wazatonoitan(intransitive)

why

intentionally√move-I-PAST-Q‘Why did you intentionally get out of the way?’b.

* nandewazatonoketan(intransitive)

why

intentionally√move-E-PAST-Q‘Why did you intentionally disappear from here?’
c.

nande

wazatonoketan(transitive)

why

intentionally√move-E-PAST-Q‘Why did you intentionally get it out of the way?’

Generally, unergative verbs are volitional, but accusative verbs are not.

Thus, wazato(intentionally) can modify the unergative verb noita (got out of the way) as shown in(40)–(41).

Because transitive verbs can be volitional, too, wazato (intentionally) can

modify noketa (got it out of the way) as in (40)–(41).

However, in (41b), wazato(intentionally) cannot modify the intransitive verb noketa (got out of the way) in the
Hiroshima dialect.

This fact suggests that the intransitive verb nokeru in the Hiroshima

dialect is not unergative but unaccusative.

Therefore, these Japanese facts imply that

unaccusativization of transitive verbs are empirically possible.

If this analysis is on theright track, it is not dubious that PM by SM externally forms {√nok, {√nok, v*}}/<√nok,v*>.
In (37), it is logically plausible that external PM by SM of √enter and the room ispossible as long as the room is an X0-level object.
the room>.

We will also discuss later the empirical advantage of the creation of anordered pair <<√root, n>, p> or <√root, n>.12
null √do occurs in the structure in (37).

In addition, it is assumed that the abstract

If it is on track, then labeling δ successfully

takes place in transitive there constructions too.

12

That is, PM by SM yields <√enter,

Internal PM by SM of phrases applies

In this notation of representational ordered pairs, the head d is omitted.

142

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

at the end of the cycle of the unaccusativized v*P phase in the proposed structure andderivation.

4.6.

Explaining Further Empirical Facts

4.6.1

Non-(sub)extractability of Associates

The following data show non-(sub)extractability of associates in unaccusativized
there constructions (i.e. unergative/transitive there constructions).

(42)

(43)

(44)

be verbsa.

Who was there twh in the kitchen?

b.

You remember a guy who there was twh for you.

unaccusatives (IVES)a.

? I saw a ship which there appeared twh on the horizon.

b.

? I remember several new facts which there emerged twh at the meeting.

unergatives/transitives (OVES)a.

* I saw a fierce-looking tomcat which there walked into the room twh.

b.

* I saw a frog which there ambled into the room twh.

c.

* I saw a strange man which there entered the room twh.

The data are examples of wh-extraction in the there be construction, the IVES (Inside
Verbal Existential Sentence) and the OVES (Outside Verbal Existential Sentence).13
the first example, wh-associates are extractable.

In

In the second example, though theresultant sentences are not completely acceptable, the wh-associates are extractable.
However, wh-associates are non-extractable in the last example because internal PM by
SM of phrases applies to associates in the OVES.

After this application of PM by SM,

associates become invisible, being part of the derivational and representational orderedpairs.

13

As a result, the associates cannot further internally merge.

I follow the classification of there constructions in Milsark (1974). The words Inside Verbal andOutside Verbal indicate that the final landing site of associates is v*P internal or external, respectively.

143

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

We have one theory-internal concern about the timing and the domain of theapplication of labeling and valuation by minimal search.

Considering the facts in (42)–(44), minimal search should apply first in the cancelled v*P phase after the next CP phasehas been formed.

The steps of the derivation for the IVES are shown below (the IVES

examples below are from Levin (1993: 89)):(45)

There appeared a ship on the horizon.
i.

Merge forms {ι C, {γ there, {T, {κ {√appear, {√appear, v*}}, {δ {a, ship},{ε √do, {ta ship, {on, {the, horizon}}}}}}}}}.

ii.

Feature inheritance by minimal search takes place.

iii.

PM by SM internally forms {√do, {√do, T}}.

iv.

Labeling and feature valuation take place in κ: κ, δ and ε are labeled as
v*P, <Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

v.

Labeling and feature valuation take place in ι: ι and γ are labeled as CP
and <Phi, Phi>, respectively.

vi.

The complement of C gets transferred.

The first application of labeling and valuation begins within the smallest proposition κ(see (45iv)), regardless of the cancellation of the v*P phase.

The second application oflabeling and valuation finally covers the remaining area including the CP phase (see(45v)).
it.

This assumption is crucial because we cannot explain the facts in (43) without

Suppose labeling and valuation start from the topmost area, ι in (45).

Then, wecannot extract the associate because it is transferred immediately after the relevant
operations have applied.
The analysis further suggests that structures of there be constructions also contain v*
whose phase-hood has been cancelled by external PM by SM.

Accordingly, thestructure and derivation for the there be construction is revised as follows (cf. (27)):(46)

There are three men in the room.

144

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation{ι C, {γ there, {{{√be, {√be, v*}}, {{√be, {√be, v*}}, T}}, {δ {three, men},{ε t{√be, {√be, v*}}}, {tthree men, {in, {the, room}}}}}}}}i.

PM by SM externally forms {√be, {√be, v*}}, which isrepresentationally <√be, v*>.

ii.

Merge externally forms {{√be, {√be, v*}}, {{three, men}, {in, {the,room}}}}.

iii.

Merge internally forms {{three, men}, {{√be, {√be, v*}}, {tthree men, {in,{the, room}}}}}.

iv.

Merge externally forms {C, {there, {T, {{three, men}, {ε {√be, {√be,v*}}, {tthree men, {in, {the, room}}}}}}}}.

v.

The uPhi-set on C minimally searches for there and T: T inherits uperson from C (partial feature inheritance).

vi.

The uPhi-set continues to search for three men and {√be, {√be, v*}:{√be, {√be, v*} inherits the full uPhi-set from C (full feature
inheritance).

vii.

PM by SM internally forms {{√be, {√be, v*}}, {{√be, {√be, v*}}, T}},
which is representationally <<√be, v*>, T>.

viii. Labeling and feature valuation take place in δ: δ and ε are labeled as<Phi, Phi> and √P respectively.
ix.

Labeling and feature valuation take place in ι: ι and γ are labeled CP
and <Phi, Phi>, respectively.

x.

The complement of C gets transferred.

Given the revised version, the extraction in (42) is explained.

In (46), labeling andfeature valuation start to apply in ε, the cancelled v*P phase.

The associates are

extractable because of this analysis.

In other words, they were not extractable if therelevant operations started to apply to ι and ε all at once.

Recall that the complement ofa phase head is transferred immediately after the application of labeling and valuation,
which take place at the timing of the Transfer operation.

145

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

It is obscure why the relevant operations apply first in the cancelled v*P phase since
the phase-hood has been cancelled.

Crucially, the substantial status of v* is still visible

though it is invisible with respect to uPhi.
Transfer.

As argued elsewhere, it is uPhi that triggers

Therefore, it is plausible that the invisible uPhi cancels Transfer.

In contrast,

it seems that minimal search can see the other substantial features on v* (e.g. thecategorical feature) since <√root, v*> is able to be labeled.

When minimal search

applies, its staring point is determined by the substantial features that mark the verbal
event yielding the smallest proposition, the argument structure.
even for the there be construction.

Thus, v* is essential

If this reasoning is on track, the timing and thedomain of the application of labeling and valuation by minimal search is deduced.
Furthermore, they are induced by the data concerning extraction of associates in (42)–(44).

The deduction and the induction lead us to the following conclusion: Minimal

search for labeling and valuation applies phase by phase even if phase cancellation has
made the uPhi invisible.

Namely, phase cancellation, in effect, does not cancel phases

but cancels Transfer.
As shown below, subextraction from associates shows a pattern similar to the casesof extraction in (42)–(44).

(47)

(48)

be verbsa.

Of which artist was there a portrait twh on the wall?

b.

How many ancestors were there a portrait/portraits of twh on the wall?

unaccusatives (IVES)a.

Of which artist did there hang a portrait twh on the wall?

b.

How many ancestors did there hang a portrait/portraits of twh on thewall?
(a, b: adapted from Nishihara (1999: 392, fn. 10))(49)

unergatives/transitives (OVES)a.

* Which community did there walk into the room a member of twh?

b.

* Of which community did there walk into the room a member twh?

c.

* Which community did there enter the room a member of twh?
146

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuationd.

* Of which community did there enter the room a member twh?
(a, b: adapted from Nishihara (1999: 394))

These facts are examples of wh-subextraction in the there be construction, the IVES andthe OVES. The facts indirectly support the analysis of extraction of associates and thetiming and the domain of minimal search for labeling and valuation shown in (46) andthe relevant discussions.
However, the facts of subextraction in (47)–(49) do not necessarily induce the timing
and the domain of minimal search for labeling and valuation because an n head in a
portrait of which/how many ancestors is what the minimal search needs.

In other words,

the wh-phrases do not take part in labeling and valuation with uPhi inherited from C.
Unless agreeing with uF, objects can escape from Transfer by recurring internal Merge.
First, which/how many ancestors, for example, internally merges before the applicationof labeling and valuation.

Second, it merges with {CQ, {Expl, {T, …}}}.

Finally,labeling and valuation take place successfully even if the search starts from the topmostCP-phase area since there remains an n head in a portrait of for agreeing with uPhi
inherited from C.

Therefore, the subextraction phenomena do not induce the timing anddomain of labeling and valuation.

If we assume the almost same derivation as (45) and(46), the facts in (47) and (48), nevertheless, support the analysis of subextraction of
associates.
More crucially, it is also supported that internal PM by SM of phrases does not haveto apply to associates of there be constructions and the IVES, but it must apply to thoseof the OVES. After the application of internal PM by SM of phrases, parts of associates
become non-extractable because the associates have been invisible; hence (49).
In sum, associates must stay at SPEC-δ for labeling/valuation.

In the there beconstruction and the IVES, associates can further internally merge because Transfer does
not apply in the cancelled v*P phase when minimal search for labeling and valuation
takes place in that cancelled phase.

In the OVES, associates, in contrast, must

experience internal PM by SM of phrases for correct interpretation.

147

After theChapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

application of the PM by SM, associates become invisible to (sub)extraction in the narrowsyntax; hence the structure and derivation of (30), (33), (37), (45), (46).

4.6.2

Scopal Phenomena and Binding Effects

Theoretically speaking, there is no LF covert movement on purely conceptual
grounds in the minimalist framework because covert movement is counter-cyclic and toocomplex.

Chomsky (1995b: 254) stated:“The computational system CHL is based on two operations, Merge and Move.

We

have assumed further that Merge always applies in the simplest possible form: at
the root.

What about Move?

The simplest case again is application at the root:

if the derivation has reached the stage Σ, then Move selects α and targets Σ, forming{γ, {α, Σ}}. But covert movement typically embeds α, and therefore takes a more
complex form: given Σ, select K within Σ and raise α to target K, forming {γ, {α,K}}, which substitutes for K in Σ.”

As indicated by Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2013), such substitution is counter-cyclic.
Hence, the violation of the binary requirement of minimal search for Merge, which is oneof third-factor principles, occurs (see (15)).

Formally, Epstein, Kitahara and Seely(2013: 80) represented this counter-cyclic operation as follows:(50)

Applied to α and β within Σ, where α is a term of β, Mergei.

takes α and β, forming {α, β}, andii. takes H(β) and {α, β}, forming {H(β), {α, β}}, andiii. replaces β in Σ by {H(β), {α, β}}.

The third step is the replacement by counter-cyclic internal Merge which should be
eliminated for conceptual reasons. Additionally, Chomsky (2007: 16) mentioned:148

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation“Merge yields compositional/cyclic properties of the kind that have repeatedly beenfound.

Optimally, there should be only a single cycle of operations.

EST

postulated ﬁve separate cycles: X-bar theory projecting D-structure, overt
operations yielding S-structure, covert operations yielding LF, and compositional
mappings to the SM and CI interfaces.

With the elimination of D- and S-structure,what remains are three cycles: the narrow-syntactic operation Merge (now withovert and covert operations intermingled), and the mappings to the interfaces.

As

noted earlier, optimal computation requires some version of strict cyclicity.

Thatwill follow if at certain stages of generation by repeated Merge, the syntactic object
constructed is sent to the two interfaces by an operation Transfer, and what has beentransferred is no longer accessible to later mappings to the interfaces (the phaseimpenetrability condition PIC).”

Therefore, there is no LF covert movement in the technical sense.
empirical facts also support this view in the labeling theory.

Furthermore,

Epstein, Kitahara and Seely(2015: 236, fn. 6) point out that covert movement could overgenerate the following
sentence (see also Chomsky (2013, 2015a) for the relevant data and analysis):(51)* They thought [ in which Texas city [C [TP the man was assassinated twh]]]?
(Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2015: 225))

If there were LF covert movement, in which Texas city could raise to SPEC-C in LF.
Under labeling by minimal search (Chomsky (2013, 2015a)), this sentence is correctly
excluded by labeling failure.

The uQ on in which Texas city (see Epstein, Kitahara andSeely (2017), Kitahara (2017)) does not agree with C because C does not bear Q.
Further empirical facts concerning the expletive (Expl) also support no covert
movement.

Expl has been assumed to be a meaningless element at LF or the CI interface.

On one hand, in Chomsky (1986: 179), Expl is deleted and is substituted for an associate
at LF.

On the other hand, an associate adjoins to Expl at LF in Chomsky (1995b: 155).

Hartmann (2008) argues against these analyses due to the following counter-examples:149

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

(52)

a.

Someone must be in his house.
i.

b.

someone > mustii.

must > someone

There must be someone in his house.
i.

* someone > mustii.

must > someone(a, b: adapted from Williams (1984: 152))
(53)

a.

Many women aren’t sick.
i.

b.

a.

not > many

* many > notii.

not > many

Many ships seem to be in the harbor.
i.

b.

ii.

There aren’t many women sick.
i.

(54)

many > notmany > seem

ii.

seem > many

There seem to be many ships in the harbor.
i.

* many > seem

ii.

seem > many(a, b: adapted from Hartmann (2008: 19))

As shown above, the associates in the there construction must have narrow scopes.

In

other words, the associates are expected to have both scope options (i, ii) available if thedomain of scope is determined by LF covert movement.

However, only one option (i.e.

(ii)) is available in all the three cases in (52b), (53b) and (54b).

Thus, these facts showthat associates do not substitute or adjoin to Expl in the there construction.
The data about negative polarity items and anaphors on there constructions also lead
us to the same conclusion:

(55)

a.

* There seems to any European team to be no NBA team beatable.

b.

No NBA team seems to any European team to be beatable.
(a, b: Bošković (1997: 98))

(56)

a.

* There seems to himself to be someone in the garden.

b.

Someone seems to himself to be in the garden.
(a, b: Bošković (1997: 98))
150

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

The sentence in (55a) is unacceptable; this leads us to predict that the negative polarity
item any is not asymmetrically c-commanded by no (I use the technical term c-command
only for expository purposes).

This fact is not explained by the associate-substituting

analysis or associate-adjoining analysis because the representation of (55a) at LF (or theCI) should be almost identical to that of (55b).

Similarly, (56a) should not cause any

problem if associates were substituted or adjoined to Expl, since each analysis makes therepresentation of (56a) at LF virtually identical to that of (56b) at LF (or the CI).
Eventually, the facts about negative polarity items and anaphors above all indicate that
LF-substitution and LF-adjunction of associates are not tenable.

Therefore, associates

are interpreted (at least) at the originating position, feature-sharing position (i.e. SPEC-δin (30), (33), (37) and (46)) and/or extraposed positon (i.e. the so called right peripheryof v*P) in the there constructions.
It is rational to also expect associates in OVES to be interpreted at the originating
position, the feature-sharing position and/or at the extraposed positon.

In fact, thisprediction is supported by the following facts:

(57)

a.

There walked into the classroom three students from my department.

b.

There walked into the classroom no one from my department.

c.

* There walked into any classroom no one from my department.
(c: Deal (2009: 27, fn. 48))

(58)

a.

There entered the classroom three students from my department.

b.

There entered the classroom no one from my department.

c.

* There entered any classroom no one from my department.

The sentences above are examples of the negative-polarity items in the OVES.

These

facts also show that associates in OVES do not asymmetrically c-command a locative
expression, which is assumed to be a complex p head or n head.

This supports the

proposed structures and derivations in (33) and (37), which are repeated as (59)–(60),151

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

because p and n are invisible by being part of <<√root, n>, p> or <√root, n> formed byexternal PM by SM.

(59){C, {γ there, {<√do, T>, < {<<√walk, into the room>, v*>, {δ {three, men},{ε t√do, tthree men}}}, {three, men} >}}}i.

PM by SM externally forms <into, <room, the>>.

ii.

PM by SM externally forms <<√walk, into the room>, v*> (i.e.
{{√walk, {√walk, into the room}}, {{√walk, {√walk, into the room}},v*}}).

iii.

Merge forms {<<√walk, into the room>, v*>, {δ {three, men}, {ε √do,tthree men}}}.

iv.

PM by SM internally forms < {<<√walk, into the room>, v*>, {δ {three,men}, {ε √do, tthree men}}}, {three, men} >.

v.

Merge forms {C, {γ there, {T, < {<<√walk, into the room>, v*>, {δ{three, men}, {ε √do, tthree men}}}, {three, men} >}}}.

vi.

The uPhi-set on C minimally searches for there and T: T inherits uperson from C (partial feature inheritance).

vii.

The uPhi-set continues to search for three men and √do: √doinherits the full uPhi-set from C (full feature inheritance).

viii. PM by SM internally forms <√do, T> (i.e. {√do, {√do, T}}): such a T
becomes invisible.
ix.

Labeling and feature valuation take place by minimal search: γ, δand ε are labeled as <Phi, Phi>, <Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

x.
(60)

The complement of C gets transferred.

{C, {γ there, {<√do, T>, <{<<√enter, the room>, v*>, {δ three men from
Sweden, {ε t√do, tthree men from Sweden}}}, three men from Sweden>}}}i.

PM by SM externally forms <room, the>.

ii.

PM by SM externally forms <<√enter, the room>, v*> (i.e. {{√enter,{√enter, the room}}, {{√enter, {√enter, the room}}, v*}}).

152

Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

iii.

Merge forms {<<√enter, the room>, v*>, {δ three men from Sweden, {ε√do, tthree men from Sweden}}}.

iv.

PM by SM internally forms <{<<√enter, the room>, v*>, {δ three menfrom Sweden, {ε√do, tthree men from Sweden}}}, three men from Sweden>.

v.

Merge forms {C, {γ there, {T, <{<<√enter, the room>, v*>, {δ three menfrom Sweden, {ε√do, tthree men from Sweden}}}, three men from Sweden>}}}.

vi.

The uPhi-set on C minimally searches for there and T: T inherits uperson from C (partial feature inheritance).

vii.

The uPhi-set continues to search for three men and √do: √doinherits the full uPhi-set from C (full feature inheritance).

viii. PM by SM internally forms <√do, T> (i.e. {√do, {√do, T}}): such a T
becomes invisible.
ix.

Labeling and feature valuation take place by minimal search: γ, δand ε are labeled <Phi, Phi>, <Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

x.

The complement of C gets transferred.

The associates are interpreted at the originating position, SPEC-δ and/or the extraposed
positon. The extraposed positon is for the discourse-related interpretation, such as therelaxation of the definiteness restriction.

Crucially, the locative expressions above do

not c-command the associates at any position because they are part of complex heads.

4.7.

Summary
In this chapter, I have reformulated feature inheritance as a minimal search by uPhi.

In addition, feature valuation has been reformulated to be the same minimal search aslabeling.

Minimal search itself is part of Minimal Computation, a third factor principle,

which belongs to the law of nature and is not specific to language.

The reformulations

are, therefore, conceptually ideal in order for eliminating and reducing language-specificoperations from the core system of language, following the SMT.

Furthermore, it has

been shown that the reformulations explain derivations of various there constructions.
Specifically, the reformulations explain not only familiar constructions—the there be153Chapter 4: Reformulating Inheritance and Valuation

construction and the unaccusative there construction—but also somewhat peripheral
constructions, including the unergative there construction and the TEC.

Assuming thatthe peripheral ones are unaccusativzed, I have shown that the analyses further explain thefacts about (sub)extraction of the associate and scopal and binding phenomena.

154

Chapter 5

Alternatives

5.1

Introduction
In this chapter, I will explore alternative approaches to solving an XP-YP problem in

there constructions and to explaining the (non-)extractability of the indirect object indouble object constructions, based on the current framework of the Minimalist Program(Chomsky (2013, 2015a)).
T. Daniel Seely (p.c.), Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2014b) and Kitahara (2017)
argue that feature inheritance is an unnecessary operation that therefore should be
eliminated.

To eliminate feature inheritance, they capitalized on freely applying Merge.

That is, they present a new type of application of external Merge of heads.
approach, Merge (C, TuPhi) and Merge (v*, √rootuPhi) apply externally.
application of Merge establishes C-T and v*-√root relations.

In theirThen, thisImportantly, the phaseheads do not bear uPhi, whereas T and √root inherently bear uPhi in their approach (seeKitahara (2017)).

Consequently, feature inheritance does not take place because theexternal application of Merge of heads ensures the C-T relation and the v*-√root relation,
155

Chapter 5: Alternatives

and both T and √root, which inherently bear uPhi, do not need to inherit uPhi from thephase heads.

I will show that this approach solves the XP-YP problem in there

constructions.
In addition, I will show that labeling (Chomsky (2013, 2015a)) and maximality (Rizzi(2015a, b, 2016)) explain the (non-)extractability of the indirect object in double object
constructions.

Rizzi (2015a, b, 2016) proposed the maximality principle, which makes

the maximal objects with a given label unmovable or frozen in place.

I propose that

PHAVE, which was proposed and supported by Harley (1995, 2002) and Harley and Jung
(2015), can be a criterial head that yields a possible halting site; PHAVE makes the indirect
object unmovable.

Namely, the indirect object and the head PHAVE share the same

criterial feature PHAVE under labeling (see Chomsky (2013, 2015a)).
(see Rizzi (2015a, b, 2016)) freezes the indirect object in place.

Then, maximality

It will also be shownthat this analysis explains the non-sub-extractability of the indirect object.
The first alternative approach may be superior to the analyses in chapter 4 in that it
eliminates feature inheritance and makes computational system much simpler.
However, this alternative contains technical problems.

I will point out this problem later,

and argue that this alternative should be discarded.

The second alternative covers

various empirical phenomena as well as the proposed analyses in the earlier chapters.
The alternative can explain even new facts that the earlier analyses cannot handle.

For

instance, Rizzi’s (2015a, b, 2016) analysis based on the cartographic approach can
explain non-sub-extractability of the indirect object in the double object construction.
However, the main point of this chapter is to show the conceptual advantages of theanalyses proposed in the earlier chapters.

The alternative approach may explain more

empirical facts, but it just points out the problems in the earlier analyses or in the current
model.

As Chomsky, Gallego and Ott (to appear) point out, the cartographic approachviolates the Inclusiveness Condition (cf. note 5).

Recall that the ultimate goal of the

Minimalist Program is to understand CHL, the faculty of language or the language capacity.
Explaining empirical facts is important but not the primary concern.

5.2

Alternative 1 (for the XP-XP Problem)
156

Chapter 5: Alternatives

5.2.1

Analytic Assumptions

In earlier versions of the minimalist framework such as Chomsky (2008), the structureand derivation of John hit Mary is as follows:(1)[CP C [TP John T [v*P tJohn hit-v* [VP Mary thit tMary]]]]i.

External Merge forms [v*P John v* [VP hit Mary]].

ii.

The following computations of v*P phase simultaneously take place:feature inheritance, Probe-Goal Agree, Internal Merge/Move (triggeredby EPP), V raising and Transfer.

VP is transferred.

iii.

[v*P John hit-v* [VP Mary thit tMary]] is left in the workspace.

iv.

External Merge forms [CP C [TP T [v*P John hit-v* [VP Mary thit tMary]]]].

v.

The following computations of CP phase simultaneously take place:feature inheritance, Probe-Goal Agree, internal Merge/Move (triggeredby EPP) and Transfer.

vi.

TP is transferred.

[CP C [TP John T [v*P tJohn hit-v* [VP Mary thit tMary]]]]As argued in chapter 4, feature inheritance takes place unproblematically in thisderivation.

(i) External Merge forms the set relation [CP C [TP T [v*P EA v*…]]] (EA:

external argument).

(ii) T inherits features from C (feature inheritance) because external

Merge has established the direct relation of C-T.
object between C and T.

In other words, there is no intervening(iii) Internal Merge forms [CP C [TP EA T [v*P tEA v*…]]] (t:the lower copy).

However, this third step is counter-cyclic, since internal Merge tucks

EA into C-TP.

This is clearly problematic in the strictly cyclic application of simplest

Merge (Chomsky (2013, 2015a)).

Simplest Merge just takes two elements, α, β, andforms the simplest unordered set {α, β}, regardless of whether the application of simplest
Merge is external or internal.

The strictly cyclic application of Merge is possible

because labeling by minimal search and the weakness of heads replace EPP (see Chomsky(2013, 2015a)).
framework.

Therefore, Merge is a strictly cyclic operation in the present minimalist

For example, the structure and derivation of John hit Mary is as follows:157

Chapter 5: Alternatives(2){C, {John, {T, {tJohn, {<√hit, v*>, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}}}}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {γ √hit, Mary}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {John, {v*, {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}}}.

iv.

√hit inherits features from v*.

v.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal searchvi.

Pair-Merge internally forms <√hit, v*> with v* affixed: such a v*
becomes invisible, and the phase-hood is activated on t√hit.

vii.

The complement of t√hit gets transferred.

viii. Merge externally forms {T, {John, {<√hit, v*>, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit,tMary}}}}}.
ix.

Merge internally forms {John, {T, {tJohn, {<√hit, v*>, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit,tMary}}}}}}.

x.

Merge externally forms {C, {John, {T, {tJohn, {<√hit, v*>, {δ Mary, {γt√hit, tMary}}}}}}}.

xi.

T inherits features from C.

xii.

Labeling and Agree take place by minimal search.

xiii. The complement of C gets transferred.

As we have also seen also in the previous chapter, the C-T relation has never been
established, since John intervenes with the C-T relation.

Epstein, Kitahara and Seely(2014b), Kitahara (2017) and T. Daniel Seely (p.c.) resolve this problem by proposing a
new analysis.

In their assumption, Merge forms {EA, {C, T}, …} or {IA, {v*, √root},…}, and then internally forms {C, {EA, {tC, T}…}} or {v*, {IA, {tv*, √root}…}} in thenormal course of derivation (EA: external argument, IA: internal argument).

If this istenable, the C-T/v*-√root relation is established by the first external Merge of C-T or v*√root.

The problem of no C-T/v*-√root relation is thus solved. Furthermore, Kitahara(2017) assumes that T and √root inherently bear uPhi, so their approach eliminates feature
inheritance.

Following their analysis, the derivation of John hit Mary proceeds asfollows:
158

Chapter 5: Alternatives(3){C, {δ John, {γ {tC, T}, {tJohn, {<√hit, v*>, {κ Mary, {ι {ε tv*, t√hit}, tMary}}}}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {ι {ε v*, √hit}, Mary}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {v*, {κ Mary, {ι {ε tv*, √hit}, tMary}}}.

iii.

Merge externally forms {John, {v*, {κ Mary, {ι {ε tv*, √hit}, tMary}}}}.

iv.

Labeling takes place by minimal search: κ, ι and ε are labeled as <Phi,Phi>, √P and √hit, respectively.

v.

Pair-Merge internally forms <√hit, v*> with v* affixed: such a v*
becomes invisible, and the phase-hood is activated on {√hit tv*, t√hit}.

vi.

The complement of {√hit tv*, t√hit} gets transferred.

vii.

Merge externally forms {{C, T}, {John, {<√hit, v*>, {δ Mary, {γ {ε tv*,t√hit}, tMary}}}}.

viii. Merge internally forms {C, {δ John, {γ {tC, T}, {tJohn, {<√hit, v*>, {κMary, {ι {ε tv*, t√hit}, tMary}}}}}}}.
ix.

Labeling takes place by minimal search: δ and γ are labeled as <Phi,
Phi> and TP, respectively.

x.

The complement of the higher C gets transferred.

It follows that Probe-Goal Agree as proposed by Chomsky (2000, 2001), does not exist,
but agreement or feature valuation takes place as an instantiation of feature sharing byminimal search (see Chomsky (2013, 2015a), Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2014b),
Kitahara (2017)).

The approach in (3), therefore, does not postulate both (i) feature

inheritance discussed by Chomsky (2013, 2015a) and (ii) Probe-Goal Agree proposed by
Chomsky (2000, 2001).

Consequently, this approach maximizes syntactic

minimization; it maximally takes advantage of the effects of Merge (see Epstein, Kitahara
and Seely (2012, 2013, 2014a, b, 2015)).
Crucially, their approach seems to be conceptually more ideal than the proposed
analyses in chapter 4 because it eliminates feature inheritance and makes computation
simpler, in the spirit of a Merge-only system.

Thus, it is valuable to show that theirapproach can also explain the empirical facts, which the previous chapter accounted for.
159

Chapter 5: Alternatives

If the alternative analysis based on their approach can cover the same amount of empiricalfacts, we should replace the analysis in chapter 4 with the alternative.

However, I would

like to argue, in this chapter, that the alternative can cover the same facts, but has at least
two technical problems.

The first problem is that the alternative discards the analysis ofexternal pair-Merge of heads by Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016).

The second

problem is that it is obscure how we assume that {H, H} is a single head.

Therefore, thealternative is not a replacement (see section 5.2.2.4 for the detail of two problems and thisconclusion).

In what follows, I introduce additional assumptions essential foralternative 1.
Importantly, following Chomsky (2015a), Epstein, Kitahra and Seely (2014b) andKitahara (2017) assume that both {H1, tH2} and {H, √root} (where H is a head) are notsets but heads.

(4){H1, H2} is a head if minimal search can identify its label.

We, for example, cannot identify the label of ι in (3) without this assumption.

Yet, thisassumption is incompatible with the proposed analyses in the earlier chapters.

I willdiscuss this matter later.
As discussed in the previous chapters, particularly in chapter 4, minimal searchrequires binary pair-Merge.

(5)

The Binary Requirement of Minimal Search for pair-Merge:n = 2/pair-Merge (X1, …, Xn) = <X1, …, Xn>

In chapters 2 and 4, I argued that the traditional head-raising violated this binary
requirement as far as internal pair-Merge was a syntactic operation (contrary to Chomsky,
as reported in Nomura (2017), and Chomsky, Gallego and Ott (to appear)).
(3v) violates the binary requirement.

Namely,To make the head-raising apply, we needsomething like the following condition:

160

Chapter 5: Alternatives(6)

The Condition on Internal Pair-Merge of Heads:
Pair-Merge only sees syntactic sets between two heads iff the relation
between two lexical items has been established.

The external application of Merge (C, T) and Merge (v*, √root) can deduce the condition,although Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2014b) and Kitahara (2017) did not mention this.

(7)

Deductive Steps to the Condition on Internal Pair-Merge of Heads:i.

The Binary Requirement of Minimal Search for Merge: n = 2/pairMerge (X1, …, Xn) = <X1, …, Xn>.

ii.

The external application of Merge (C, T) and Merge (v*, √root)
establishes the C-T/v*-√root relation.

iii.

The relation established by the external Merge of heads ensures thebinarity of minimal search for Merge.

iv.

Internal pair-Merge of two heads applies successfully because thebinarity has been ensured by minimal search for feature inheritance.

v.

The condition on internal pair-Merge of heads is deduced.

Despite the theoretical advantages, the derivational system in (3) leaves a question about
simple empirical data of there constructions that cause the XP-YP problem.

In a copular

structure {be {δ XP, YP}}, XP or YP internally merges to SPEC-T (i.e. SPEC-be) forlabeling δ (see Chomsky (2013: 43–44)) unless X agrees with Y (see chapter 4).

Thisreadily predicts that the internal merger of XP or YP to SPEC-T does not take place inthere constructions because there merges to SPEC-T.

The prediction leads thederivation to crash at the interface(s), since δ is not labeled (the XP-YP problem).

(8)

The XP-YP Problem:
In a there construction such as there are [δ [NP three men] [PP in the room]],
the label δ is not determined.

161

Chapter 5: Alternatives

In this section, I resolve this problem by adopting the derivational system in (3), which
eliminates feature inheritance and maximizes the effects of freely applying simplest
Merge.

5.2.2

Structures and Derivations of There Constructions

5.2.2.1

There Be/Unaccusative There Constructions

Given the basic system as in (3), I propose the following structure and derivation of there
are three men in the room:(9){C, {γ there, {<<√be, T>, {δ {tthere, {three, men}}, {ε {tC, {tT, t <√be, v*>}},{t{there, {three, men}}, {in, {the, room}}}}}}}}
i.

Pair-Merge externally forms <√be, v*>: such a v* becomes invisible.

ii.

Merge externally forms {{C, {T, <√be, v*>}}, {{there, {three, men}},{in, {the, room}}}.

iii.

Note that both T and √be inherently bear uPhi.

Merge internally forms {C, {there, {T, {{tthere, {three, men}}, {{tC, {tT,<√be, v*>}}, {t{there, {three, men}, {in, {the, room}}}}}}}}.

iv.

Pair-Merge internally forms <<√be, v*>, T> with T affixed: such a T
becomes invisible.

v.

Labeling takes place by minimal search: γ, δ and ε are labeled as <Phi,Phi>, <Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

vi.

The complement of (the highest) C gets transferred.

Notice that the operation Merge including pair-Merge, is able to apply freely in any orderunder the conception of freely applying Merge (see Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016),
Nomura (2017), Epstein, Obata and Seely (to appear), among others).

It is thus logicallypossible for pair-Merge to apply just before minimal search for labeling.

In addition,

because pair-Merge was reformulated in chapters 2 and 3, the derivation above should be
revised as follows:

162

Chapter 5: Alternatives(10){C, {γ there, {k {{√be, {√be, v*}}, {{√be, {√be, v*}}, T}}, {δ {tthere, {three,men}}, {ε {tC, {tT, t{√be, {√be, v*}}}}, {t{there, {three, men}}, {in, {the, room}}}}}}}}i.

PM by SM externally forms {√be, {√be, v*}}: such a v* becomes
invisible.

ii.

Merge externally forms {{C, {T, {√be, {√be, v*}}}}, {{there, {three,men}}, {in, {the, room}}}}}}.

Note that both T and √be inherently

bear uPhi.
iii.

Merge internally forms {C, {there, {T, {{tthere, {three, men}}, {{tC, {tT,{√be, {√be, v*}}}}, {t{there, {three, men}}, {in, {the, room}}}}}}}}.

iv.

PM by SM internally forms {{√be, {√be, v*}}, {{√be, {√be, v*}}, T}}:such a T becomes invisible.

v.

Labeling takes place by minimal search: γ, δ and ε are labeled as <Phi,Phi>, <Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

vi.

The complement of (the highest) C gets transferred.

There are four notable points in this derivation.

First, recall that PM by SM is just Merge.

PM by SM should apply before labeling since labeling applies when Transfer applies.
After the application of Transfer is completed, the complement of the phase head is
impossible to modify in terms of the PIC.

The first application of PM by SM forms{√be, {√be, v*}}, which cancels the phasehood of v* (see Epstein, Kitahara and Seely(2016)).

As already shown in chapter 4, √be is required to be part of the derivational

ordered pair for empirical reasons which I will discuss again later in this chapter.
Second, following Abe (2016) and Goto (2017), there bearing uPhi and the associatenP three men externally merge and establish the agreement relation (although its valuation
is optional at this point (see Abe (2016) and Goto (2017))). It follows that this relation
between there and three men ensures the expletive-associate relation (see Chomsky(1986: 179, 1995b: 155), among others, for the expletive-associate relation).

Assumingthat there expletive bears (defective) uPhi (see Chomsky (2001)), it is reasonable that
there receives the identical value from its associate thanks to the expletive-associate
relation formed by external Merge of the heads.
163

Therefore, after there internally merges

Chapter 5: Alternatives

to k, γ is labeled as <Phi, Phi> under feature sharing between the valued there and <<√be,v*>, T>/{{√be, {√be, v*}}, {{√be, {√be, v*}}, T}} bearing uPhi.

Note that Abe (2016),

Chomsky (2000, 2004) and Goto (2017) discuss the possibility that there expletive is ahead D, but I adopt the traditional view, under which the expletive is an XP object(perhaps DP) following Chomsky (1981); Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2014a); andUriagereka (1988), among others.
Third, the new analysis is that, following Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2014b),
Kitahara (2017) and T. Daniel Seely (p.c.), C and T need to externally merge in the firstplace, eliminating the problematic application of feature inheritance in Chomsky (2013,2015a).
C.

Adapting their proposal, I assume that T merges with √be before merging with

C and {T, √be} then merge and directly establish the substantial relation.

T and √be inherently bear uPhi.

Crucially,

After the T internally merges to δ, there internallymerges to SPEC-T, and the C internally merges to γ, the √be raises (i.e. internally pairmerges) to T (the directionality or asymmetricity of “merge X to Y” is only for expository
purposes).

Consequently, the symmetric XP-YP problem dissolves since minimal

search can identify δ as <Phi, Phi>.

Namely, nP three men and √be bearing uPhi share

the Phi-set [third person, plural, masculine], and it becomes the label for δ under labelingby minimal search.

Note that the lower copy √be is, by definition, visible when it has

been left by internal PM by SM.
only t√be.

Therefore, in {tC, {tT, t√be}}, the visible lower copy is

The visible lower copy √be agrees with the associate.

(See Abe (2016) and

Goto (2017) for the agreement relation established by external Merge.)
Fourth, it is important to note that the condition of internal PM by SM holds in the
proposed analysis (see chapter 4):(11)

The Condition on Internal PM by SM:
Minimal search for Merge does not apply iff minimal search for feature
inheritance has established the relation between two lexical items.

Its deduction is similar to (7).

164

Chapter 5: Alternatives(12)

Deductive Steps to the Condition on Internal PM by SM:i.

The Binary Requirement of Minimal Search for Merge: n = 2/pairMerge (X1, …, Xn) = <X1, …, Xn>.

ii.

The external application of Merge (C, T) and Merge (v*, √root)
establishes the C-T/v*-√root relation.

iii.

The relation established by the external Merge of heads ensures thebinarity of minimal search for Merge.

iv.

Internal PM by SM of heads successfully applies because the binarity
has been ensured by minimal search for feature inheritance.

v.

The condition on internal PM by SM of heads is deduced.

Therefore, the proposed analysis not only solves the XP-YP problem but also deduces thecondition on internal PM by SM.
The proposal further suggests that the structure and derivation of there constructions
with unaccusative verbs is almost identical to that of there be constructions.

I proposethe following structure and derivation of an unaccusative there construction, there
appeared a ship on the horizon (hereafter, I use the notation of the representational
ordered pair, instead of that of derivational ordered pairs, in this section):(13){C, {γ there, {<√do, T>, {<√appear, v*>, {δ {tthere, {a, ship}}, {ε {tC, {tT, t√do}},{{tthere, ta ship}, {on, {the, horizon}}}}}}}}}i.

PM by SM externally forms <√appear, v*>.

ii.

Merge externally forms {ε {C, {T, √do}}, {{there, {a, ship}}, {on, {the,horizon}}}}.

iii.

Merge internally forms {δ {there, {a, ship}}, {ε {C, {T, √do}}, {{tthere,ta ship}, {on, {the, horizon}}}}}.

iv.

Merge externally forms {<√appear, v*>, {δ {there, {a, ship}}, {ε {C, {T,√do}}, {{tthere, ta ship}, {on, {the, horizon}}}}}}.

v.

Merge internally forms {C, {there, {T, {<√appear, v*>, {δ {tthere, {a,ship}}, {ε {tC, {tT, √do}}, {{tthere, ta ship}, {on, {the, horizon}}}}}}.
165

Chapter 5: Alternativesvi.

PM by SM internally forms <√do, T> with T affixed: such a T becomes
invisible.

vii.

Labeling takes place by minimal search: γ, δ and ε are labeled as <Phi,Phi>, <Phi, Phi> and √P, respectively.

viii. The complement of (the highest) C gets transferred.

First, following Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016), I assume that unaccusative verbs are
the instantiation of an ordered pair <√root, v*> that is formed by external pair-Merge ofheads.

Namely, external PM by SM takes √appear and v* and forms the ordered pair<√appear, v*> in the structure above.

The representational ordered pair <√appear, v*>

then externally merges to δ at the relevant point of the derivation.
Second, I assume that √do occurs in unaccusative constructions without theassignment of phonological features to it.

Following Distributed Morphology (Halleand Marantz (1993), Marantz (1997), Embick and Marantz (2008), among others; seealso Kitahara (2017)), I assume that phonological features are assigned at theexternalization process.

In (9), {√be, {√be, T}} is externalized as are because it is the

only possible element for “a verb.”

In (13), <√do, T> is, in contrast, externalized as anull element (except for situations like emphasis, negatives and interrogatives), since<√appear, v*> is regarded as the possible verb.

That is, the externalization process does

not assign any phonological feature to √do in (13).

5.2.2.2

Unaccusativized There Constructions

Among there constructions in English, there be NP and there Vunaccusative NP are often
discussed in the literature.

The analyses based on freely applying Merge, however, also

explain the peripheral “unergative” there constructions without postulating any redundant
stipulation, thus strictly conforming to the SMT.
Given the basic analysis in unaccusative there constructions, I propose the following
structure and derivation of an unergative there construction, there walked into the room
three men (the brackets for into the room are omitted for expository purpose):

166Chapter 5: Alternatives(14){C, {γ there, {<√do, T>, <{<<√walk, into the room>, v*>, {δ {tthere, tthree men},{ε {tC, {tT, t√do}}, t{there, {three men}}}}}, {three, men}>}}}i.

Merge externally forms into the room.

ii.

PM by SM externally forms <<√walk, into the room>, v*>; walk
becomes “unaccusativized.”iii.

Merge externally forms {ε {C, {T, √do}}, {there, {three, men}}}.

iv.

Merge internally forms {δ {there, {three, men}}, {ε {C, {T, √do}}, t{there,{three men}}}}.

v.

Merge externally forms {<<√walk, into the room>, v*>, {δ {there,{three, men}}, {ε {C, {T, √do}}, t{there, {three men}}}}}.

vi.

Merge internally forms {C, {there, {T, {<<√walk, into the room>, v*>,
{δ {tthere, {three, men}}, {ε {tC, {tT, √do}}, t{there, {three men}}}}}}}}.

vii.

PM by SM internally forms <√do, T> with T affixed: such a T becomes
invisible to minimal search.

viii. Labeling takes place by minimal search: γ, δ and ε are labeled as <Phi,Phi>, <Phi, Phi> and vP (which is the label of √walk-into the room-v*),
respectively.
ix.

PM by SM internally forms {C, {there, {<√do, T>, <{<<√walk, into
the room>, v*>, {δ {tthere, tthree men}, {ε {tC, {tT, t√do}}, t{there, {three men}}}},{three, men}>}}}.

x.

The complement of (the highest) C gets transferred.

First, the unergative verb walk (into the room) is unaccusativized by external PM by SMof √walk and into the room and <√walk, into the room> and v*.1

As argued in chapter

4, this unaccusativization is supported by the following empirical facts (see Omune(2016)):

1

I put aside the problem of whether Merge, PM by SM or the combination of both forms into theroom. Each option is logically possible under the conception of freely applying Merge (see also fn.
5 in chapter 4).

167

Chapter 5: Alternatives

(15)

a.

There walked into the room a fierce-looking tomcat.

b.

A fierce-looking tomcat came into the room by walking.

c.

There ambled into the room a frog.

d.

A frog came into the room by ambling.

e.

Suddenly, there ran out of the bushes a grizzly bear.

f.

A grizzly bear came out of the bushes by running.
(a, c: Milsark (1974: 155, 246)))(e: Lumsden (1988: 38))

(15b, d and f) are the (roughly) paraphrased versions of (15a, c and e), respectively.

Thetheta-role of all of the subjects in the paraphrased sentences are theme assigned by themain verb come.

The semantic flavor, such as the agent, is assigned by the by-phrases(i.e. by walking, by ambling and by running).

The unergative verbs, thus, just “modify”

the events in unergative there constructions.

The leading event is expressed by theunaccusative

therefore,

structure.

These

facts,

unaccusativization of an unergative verb in (9).

supporttheanalysisof

The √walk just modifies the event ofv* in <<√walk, into the room>, v*>, and the whole structural configuration, including<<√walk, into the room>, v*>, denotes the main “unaccusative” event.
Second, assuming that the abstract √do occurs in an unaccusative structure, δ issuccessfully labeled.

In the proposed unaccusativized structure, √do can be, by

hypothesis, introduced in the relevant course of derivation.

Minimal search for labeling,

therefore, labels δ as <Phi, Phi> through the relation Agree (i.e. feature sharing) for thesame reason as the typical unaccusative case.

Eventually, the symmetric XP-YP

problem in (8) is also solved in this way in an unergative there construction.
Third, PM by SM of phrases applies at the end of the cycle, and the associate adjoinsto δ, which is informally the right edge of vP.

I adopt this landing site based on

Chomsky’s (2001) Th/Ex (Thematizaion/Extraction) but do not adopt Th/Ex itself
because it is not only conceptually dubious but also empirically problematic.

For

conceptual reasons, as Chomsky (2016a) has recently mentioned, Spell-Out does not exist
in the current minimalist framework.

Th/Ex is therefore untenable, simply because it is168Chapter 5: Alternatives

an operation of the phonological component and applies at Spell-Out for the weak phase.
For empirical reasons, because it is an operation of the phonological component, Th/Ex
does not change meaning.

However, it apparently causes the surface semantic effect asshown below:(16)

be verbsa.

* There is the man in the room.

unaccusativesb.

* There appeared all ships on the horizon.

c.

* There arrived the man in the room.

In there constructions, a “strong” determiner (including a null determiner) cannot occur
as an associate’s partner.

Thus, as the “strong” reading, we cannot use definites (e.g.

the, demonstratives, personal pronouns and possessives) or universals (e.g. all and every)
as determiners of an associate nP.

We call this phenomenon as the definitenessrestriction (regardless of the use of actual definites).

However, the definitenessrestriction is relaxed when the associates are extraposed rightward, regardless of the typeof verbs:(17)

unaccusativesa.

There came to his mind her beautiful and intelligent face.

unergativesb.

There ambled into the room my neighbor’s frog.

transitivesc.

There entered the room the new professor from Sweden.
(a: Quirk et al. (1985: 1409))(b: Milsark (1974: 246))(c: Julien (2002: 13))169

Chapter 5: Alternatives

Therefore, Th/Ex causes the surface semantic effect.

Notice that Chomsky (2001)

himself argues that Th/Ex applies when an argument structure includes v, a light verb
marking unaccusative/passive.

If so, we can assume that Th/Ex also applies inunergative there constructions because unergatives are “unaccusativized” in there
constructions (see (15) and the relevant discussions above).

We will see the relevant

analysis below for the case of the transitive there construction or the TEC, as in (17).
Given the basic analysis of unaccusative/unergative there constructions, I propose
the following structure and derivation of a transitive there construction, there entered theroom three men from Sweden:(18){C, {γ there, {<√do, T>, <{<<√enter, the room>, v*>, {δ {tthere, tthree men from
Sweden}, {ε {tC, {tT, t√do}}, t{there, {{three men}, {from Sweden}}}}}}, {three men from

Sweden}>}}}i.

Merge externally forms the room.

ii.

PM by SM externally forms <<√enter, the room>, v*>; enter becomes“unaccusativized.”iii.

Merge externally forms {ε {C, {T, √do}}, {there, {three men from
Sweden}}}.

iv.

Merge internally forms {δ {there, {three men from Sweden}}, {ε {C, {T,√do}}, t{there, {three men from Sweden}}}}.

v.

Merge externally forms {<<√enter, the room>, v*>, {δ {there, {three
men from Sweden}}, {ε {C, {T, √do}}, t{there, {three men from Sweden}}}}}.

vi.

Merge internally forms {C, {γ there, {T, {<<√enter, the room>, v*>, {δ{tthere, {three men from Sweden}}, {ε {tC, {tT, t√do}}, t{there, {three men from
Sweden}}}}}}}}.

vii.

PM by SM internally forms <√do, T>: such a T becomes invisible tominimal search.

viii. Labeling takes place by minimal search: γ, δ and ε are labeled as <Phi,Phi>, <Phi, Phi> and vP (which is the label of √enter-the room-v*),
respectively.
170

Chapter 5: Alternativesix.

PM by SM internally forms {C, {there, {<√do, T>, <{<<√enter, theroom>, v*>, {{tthere, tthree men from Sweden}, {{tC, {tT, t√do}}, t{there, {{three men},{from, Sweden}}}}}, {three men from Sweden}>}}}.

x.

The complement of (the highest) C gets transferred.

First, as already shown in the case of unaccusativized unergative there constructions, theverbal root √enter also becomes unaccusativized.

Because roots are universally

underspecified as to categories, there is virtually no substantial element like a “transitive,
unergative, or unaccusative” root.

The unaccusativization of a transitive verb istherefore logically available unless stipulated.

In addition, external PM by SM of a v*

and an unergative root is in effect supported by the empirical facts shown in chapter 4.
External PM by SM of √enter and the room is therefore possible.

There is no reason topreclude external PM by SM of a v* and a root used for transitive verbs.
Second, the abstract null √do also occurs in this structure.

As discussed earlier, theexistence of the element is conceptually unproblematic in (13).
successfully labeled.

If it is on track, δ is

The XP-YP problem thus also dissolves in transitive there

constructions.

5.2.2.3

Accounting for Empirical Facts

The proposed analyses can also account for the same facts shown in chapter 4, which
are repeated below.

(19)

(20)

(21)

Extraction (be verbs):a.

Who was there twh in the kitchen?

b.

You remember a guy who there was twh for you.

Extraction (unaccusatives (IVES)):a.

? I saw a ship which there appeared twh on the horizon.

b.

? I remember several new facts which there emerged twh at the meeting.

Extraction (unergatives/transitives (OVES)):a.

* I saw a fierce-looking tomcat which there walked into the room twh.
171

Chapter 5: Alternatives

(22)

(23)

b.

* I saw a frog which there ambled into the room twh.

c.

* I saw a strange man [which] there entered the room twh.

Sub-extraction (be verbs)a.

Of which artist was there a portrait twh on the wall?

b.

How many ancestors was there a portrait of twh on the wall?

Sub-extraction (unaccusatives (IVES))a.

Of which artist did there hang a portrait twh on the wall?

b.

How many ancestors did there hang a portrait of twh on the wall?
(a, b: adapted from Nishihara (1999: 392, fn. 10))(24)

Sub-extraction (unergatives/transitives (OVES))a.

* Which community did there walk into the room a member of twh?

b.

* Of which community did there walk into the room a member twh?

c.

* Which community did there enter the room a member of twh?

d.

* Of which community did there enter the room a member twh?
(a, b: adapted from Nishihara (1999: 394))(25)

Scope (quantifier-auxiliary)a.

Someone must be in his house.
i.

b.

someone > mustii.

must > someone

There must be someone in his house.
i.

* someone > mustii.

must > someone(a, b: adapted from Williams (1984: 152))(26)

Scope (quantifier-negative)a.

Many women aren’t sick.
i.

b.

ii.

not > manyii.

not > many

There aren’t many women sick.
i.

(27)

many > not* many > not

Scope (quantifier-verb)a.

Many ships seem to be in the harbor.
i.

b.

many > seem

ii.

seem > many

There seem to be many ships in the harbor.
172

Chapter 5: Alternativesi.

* many > seem

ii.

seem > many(a, b: adapted from Hartmann (2008: 19))
(28)

NPI
a.

* There seems to any European team to be no NBA team beatable.

b.

No NBA team seems to any European team to be beatable.
(a, b: Bošković (1997: 98))

(29)

Anaphora.

* There seems to himself to be someone in the garden.

b.

Someone seems to himself to be in the garden.
(a, b: Bošković (1997: 98))

(30)

NPI
a.

There walked into the classroom three students from my department.

b.

There walked into the classroom no one from my department.

c.

* There walked into any classroom no one from my department.
(c: Deal (2009: 27, fn. 48))

(31)

NPI
a.

There entered the classroom three students from my department.

b.

There entered the classroom no one from my department.

c.

* There entered any classroom no one from my department.

In the there be construction and the IVES, the associates are easy to (sub-)extract because
the phasehood of v* has been canceled.

Recall that labeling takes place in the canceledv*P phase first and the CP phase second (see the relevant discussion in chapter 4).
v* is essential even in the there be construction.

Thus,

In the OVES, the associates are

impossible to (sub-)extract, since they are adjoined to the right peripheral of v*P byinternal PM by SM.

That is, the associates are invisible, being part of the derivational

ordered pair or the representational ordered pair.
The facts in (25)–(31) suggest that LF covert movement empirically does not exist.
Furthermore, the covert movement conceptually does not exist, as argued in chapter 4.
The proposed analyses are compatible with these facts.
173

In particular, the locativeChapter 5: Alternatives

expressions in the OVES are part of unaccusativized verbs, which makes the locative
expression invisible.

5.2.2.4

Associates therefore cannot c-command the expressions in (30).

Two Reasons for Discarding Alternative 1

As we have seen in this chapter, the alternative analysis, which is based on theelimination of feature inheritance by external Merge of heads (Epstein, Kitahara andSeely (2014b) and Kitahara (2007)), resolves the XP-YP problem in there constructions.
The alternative, moreover, covers the same amount of empirical facts, which the analyses
in chapter 4 explained.
problems.

However, the proposed alternative has at least two conceptualFirst, T’s or √root’s inherent bearing of uPhi makes the phase cancellation of

external pair-Merge (or PM by SM) of heads meaningless. Second, it is controversial
to assume that {H1, H2} can be regarded as a head.

Recall that the phase cancellation

process in the bridge verb construction is as follows:(32){John, {<√think, v*>, {that, …}}}i.

Pair-Merge of heads externally forms <√think, v*>: v* becomes
invisible with respect to both its uPhi and its phase-hood.

ii.

Merge externally forms {John, {<√think, v*>, {that, …}}}.

The phase cancellation can proceed under the assumption of v* inherently bearing uPhi.
This uPhi becomes invisible when pair-Merge externally forms the ordered pair <√think,v*>.

If √think inherently bears uPhi, the derivation crashes because the uPhi never

becomes invisible and cannot be valued.
Solving the problem, we can assume uPhi is inherently on phase heads, and uPhi
transmits into T/√root through the C-T/v*-√root relation established by external Mergeof heads.

(33)

In fact, Kitahara (2017: 245) considers this option:a.

C/v* bears uPhi inherently, and T/R inherits uPhi from C/v*
derivationally.

b.

T/√root bears uPhi inherently.
174

Chapter 5: Alternatives(adapted from Kitahara (2017: 245))

If we select the first option, however, we cannot eliminate feature inheritance.

Thus,

the second option is conceptually better for maximizing syntactic minimization in thespirit of a Merge-only system.
advantages.

The first option, therefore, weakens the conceptual

As long as the first option is selected, the alternative is conceptually notbetter than the proposed analyses in chapter 4.
As for the second problem, how do we regard {H1, H2} as a head?

Chomsky(2015a) and Chomsky, Gallego and Ott (to appear) argue that the label of {H1, H2}
becomes H1 if H2 is weak.

Suppose that there is a head-head symmetric structure {n,√book} for the nominal expression book.

When minimal search labels the structure, itslabel becomes n, which is equivalent to the head n under the Bare Phrase Structure.
agree with this type of labeling.

I

However, is the labeled structure/set equivalent to thehead? As long as labels are irrelevant to syntactic computation in the spirit of simplest
Merge, the structure {n, √book} itself should not be the head but the set containing twoheads.

If we want to make the head from n and √book, we have PM by SM, thereformulated version of pair-Merge.
H2} is the lower copy.

The same scenario holds when one member in {H1,

That is, {tC, T}/{tv*, √root} should be regarded as the set.

Even

if the lower copy is invisible, it exists in syntax and is interpreted by the CI system.

If

it is tenable, the entire analysis in this section, alternative 1, should be discarded.

5.3

Alternative 2 (for the Double Object Construction)

5.3.1

Introduction

In this section, I argue that Chomsky’s (2013, 2015a) labeling theory and Rizzi’s(2015a, b, 2016) maximality principle explain the non-extractability of the indirect object
in the double object construction.

The non-extractability has been analyzed within theearlier framework of syntactic theory (e.g. Oba (2005, 2016) and Hallman (2015)).
However, I have not adopted the earlier framework because the recent framework isconceptually better in terms of the SMT, evolvability and computational efficiency.

The

recent framework has even explained various linguistic phenomena empirically (see175

Chapter 5: Alternatives

Chomsky (2013, 2015a), Rizzi (2015a, b, 2016), Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016), etc.).
However, the non-extractability of the indirect object has not truly been explained using
the current minimalist framework, and it should, therefore, be reanalyzed using thiscurrent framework.2
Chomsky’s (2013, 2015a) labeling algorithm accounts for the obligatory exit of asyntactic object such as a vP-internal subject (i.e. an external argument (EA) at SPECvP).

In contrast, Rizzi’s (2015a, b, 2016) maximality principle or maximality provides

a justification for permissible “halting sites” for movement.

Let us consider thefollowing example:(34)* [Q Which book] does John wonder [Q t was published last year]?

The wh-phrase is not extractable under labeling and maximality.

Namely, which book,the non-maximal syntactic object with the Q label, is frozen in place following
maximality under which only maximal objects with a given label can be moved.
Assuming this analysis is tenable, I will propose that it extend to the case of the double
object construction.
This section is structured as follows.

Section 5.3.2 briefly reviews Chomsky’s(2013, 2015a) labeling algorithm and Rizzi’s (2015a, b, 2016) maximality.

In Section

5.3.3, I will show the semantic and syntactic properties of the double object construction.
Section 5.3.4 proposes that PHAVE be a criterial feature.

In Section 5.3.5, the proposal

under labeling and maximality accounts for the non-extractability of the indirect object.
In addition, the analysis explains the extractable case of the indirect object.

Section

5.3.6 shows that the proposed analysis also explains a phenomenon of sub-extraction withrespect to the double object construction.

5.3.2

2

Section 5.3.7 concludes Section 5.3.

Labeling, Maximality and the Halting Problem

The analysis in chapter 2 explains non-extractability of the indirect object but not its non-sub-extractability of that.

176

Chapter 5: Alternatives

Chomsky (2013, 2015a) argues that labels on syntactic structures are essential forinterpreting the syntactic objects at the process of externalization and at the conceptualintentional (CI) interface.

Informally, externalization is phonological realization, andthe CI system is for semantics.

Accordingly, Chomsky proposes the labeling algorithm

as an essential computation in syntax.

Labeling occurs as a result of minimal search

conforming to a third-factor principle, Minimal Computation which is not unique tolanguage (for more on the third factor, see Chomsky (2005, 2013) among others).

Thelabeling algorithm is, therefore, not an arbitrary stipulation but a naturally deduced
algorithm that is appropriate for normal science.
The labeling algorithm explains the obligatory exit of the EA from vP.

Thus, weno longer assume EPP (the Extended Projection Principle) or its descendant, the EPP
feature.

Informally, EPP states that SPEC-T or the subject position should be overtly

occupied by an element.

(35)[C [F JohnF TF [tJohnF like Mary]]] (John likes Mary.)In the derivation of (35), the EA John externally merges with (i.e. is base-generated in)vP.

Then, John internally merges with (i.e. moves to) T because John and like do notshare any features, but John shares Phi-features with T (i.e. agreement).
reduces to labeling which itself is just minimal search.3

EPP, therefore,

According to Rizzi (2015a, b,2016), a shared F can be “a criterial feature” such as Q(uestion), Foc(us), Top(ic) andSubj(ect).
Adopting the labeling algorithm, Rizzi (2015a, b, 2016) postulates the maximality
principle:

3

To completely eliminate EPP, it is essential to assume the weakness of T in English (and that of theverbal roots in any language). Chomsky (2015a) assumes that weak heads cannot serve as labels andtherefore must agree to be strong and serve as labels. Accordingly, expletives (e.g. it and there) mustmerge and agree with T in expletive constructions.

What features expletive there bears arecontroversial, but it arguably has at least one Phi-feature: [person] (see Chomsky (2000, 2001, 2004),
Richards and Biberauer (2005), among others).

177

Chapter 5: Alternatives(36)

Maximality: only maximal objects with a given label can be moved.
(Rizzi (2015b: 327))

The maximality principle readily deduces a stipulation of the traditional X-bar theory (i.e.,
XP objects can be moved, but X-bar objects cannot) under labeling that conforms to athird-factor principle not specific to human language.

Adhering to the SMT, the theoryof labeling and maximality is thus superior to the X-bar theory or the other theories
largely specific to human language.
Rizzi (2010, 2015a, b, 2016) and others show “the halting problem” for the whmovement.

That is, a wh-phrase at SPEC-Q, in which Q is selected by a verb likewonder, is impossible to extract, hence, “criterial freezing” occurs.

(37)

The Halting Problem for Wh-Movement:a.

Bill wonders [Q [Q which candidate] Q you voted for twh]b.

* [Q Which candidate] does Bill wonder [Q twh Q you voted for twh]
(adapted from Rizzi (2010: 20))

This halting problem has been explained in many ways, and it dates back to Lasnik andSaito (1992).

In the current minimalist theory, the problem is recaptured under labelingand maximality.

As Rizzi (2016: 116) states, “[i]n terms of BPS, a maximal projection

must be understood dynamically, as the maximal node with a given label.” If [Q which
candidate] is moved from SPEC-Q as in (37b), it violates maximality since the phrase is
the non-maximal object with the given label Q.
[Q which candidate Q [you voted for twh]].

The maximal object with the label Q is

Thus, [Q which candidate] (i.e. X-bar object)

is unmovable, but [Q which candidate Q [you voted for twh]] (i.e. XP object) is movable.
An anonymous reviewer mentioned that which candidate is not the X-bar object but
the maximal object DP bearing [+Q].

According to Rizzi (2015a, b), criterial features

become labels when they are shared.

Following this assumption, the label of which

candidate is not DP but just Q.

Therefore, the maximal object bearing the Q label is [Q178

Chapter 5: Alternatives[Q which candidate] Q you voted for twh] in (37).

In other words, [Q which candidate] isinformally the X-bar object bearing the Q label.

Furthermore, Rizzi (2015a, b, 2016)

does not postulate CQ (i.e. C bearing [+Q]), contrary to Chomsky (2013, 2015a).
he assumes that the dedicated Q head is present.

Instead,Note that the word X-bar object is used

as an informal term to denote an unmovable syntactic object.

There is no X-bar object,which was defined in the X-bar theory, in the minimalist framework since it violates the
Inclusiveness Condition (see Chomsky (1995a, b)).

5.3.3

The Subj Head

While the previous section explained the freezing effect in an A-bar position (i.e.
SPEC-Q), this section gives a general review of the freezing effect in an A position.
Rizzi (2015b) argues that Subj appears in the TP space under his cartographic approachdating back to Rizzi (1997) (the head Phi and the head T may be a single head (see Rizzi
2015b)).

(38)… Fin … Subj … Phi … T …
(Rizzi (2015a: 26))

The Subj head above is, in his terms, a criterial feature/head because “the subject is theargument that is taken as ‘being about’ that argument” (Rizzi (2015a: 24)).

One might

say that the Subj head yielding this aboutness property does not exist since subjects canbe regarded as topic-like elements in some sense.
explain the aboutness property.

In other words, Topic is enough to

Rizzi (2006), however, argues against this view.

Evenin a language like Italian which permits null subjects, a subject is feasible as an answer
to the question what happened.

(39)

The Aboutness Property of Subjects:
Che cosa è successo?
‘What happened?’a.

Uncamion ha

tamponato
179

l’autobus

per

Roma

Chapter 5: Alternatives

a

truck

has

bumped-into the bus

for

Rome

‘A truck bumped into the bus for Rome.’b.

L’autobus per Roma è stato

tamponato

the busbumped-into by afor Rome is beenda un camion
truck‘The bus for Rome was bumped into by a truck.’c.

# L’autobus per

Roma, un camionlohatamponato

the bus

Rome

it

has

bumped-into

for

a

truck

‘The bus for Rome, a truck bumped into it.’(a–c: Rizzi (2006:122))

In the first two answers above, the subjects can be answers to the question Che cosa è
successo? (‘what happened?’) but in the last one, the topic L’autobus cannot be a possible
answer.4

The subject criterion or Aboutness needs to be distinct from the Topic.5

Furthermore, Rizzi (2015a: 26) states that the functional head, Subj, structurally
defines the subject-predicate articulation.

It follows that SPEC-Subj, Subj and COMPL-

Subj cause the subject-predicate interpretation as far as the structural configuration
contributes to the semantic interpretation of the CI system.

The canonical position for

subjects is, therefore, not SPEC-T but SPEC-Subj under the system in Rizzi (2015a, b,2016).

(40)
4a.

Subj attracts a nominal element to its SPEC.

An anonymous reviewer stated that (39c) is unacceptable because L’autobus is focused. If it werefocused, however, the comma after L’autobus per Roma should be removed from the sentence.
5

An anonymous reviewer wondered whether postulating Aboutness is compatible with the minimalist

theory. This is an important question because the postulation of discourse related features (e.g. Foc,
Top and Subj) in lexicon violates the Inclusiveness Condition (see Chomsky, Gallego and Ott (toappear)). Conceptually, the minimalist theory should not assume those features. However, without
postulating those features, the minimalist theory could lose its empirical coverage of explaining
various phenomena such as topicalization, focalization and Aboutness.

To reduce the tension

between conceptual desiderata and empirical coverage, it is necessary to await the further refinementof the theory itself.

180

Chapter 5: Alternativesb.

Subj triggers the aboutness interpretation and the subject-predicate
interpretation at the interface.
(a, b: adapted from Rizzi (2015a: 26))

The syntactic property (40a) reminds us of EPP.
of the labeling theory (see note 3).

However, there is no EPP in the spirit

It is necessary to assume a [+Subj] feature on thenominal so that Subj attracts a nominal element.
Assuming this subject criterion, the syntactic object at SPEC-Subj is frozen.

Rizzi(2015a, b) shows that the that-trace effect can be explained under labeling and maximality.

(41)

That-Trace Effect:a.

* Who[+Subj] do you think [that [Subj twh[+Subj] Subj will come]]?

b.

Who[+Q] do you think [that [subj Mary[+Subj] Subj will meet twh[+Q]]]?
(a, b: adapted from Rizzi (2015a: 27))

In (41a), who is impossible to extract since [Subj who Subj will come] is the maximal
object with the given label Subj in the embedded clause, which violates the maximality
principle.

One might say that the label/projection of who is not Subj but Q.

Recall thatthe label/projection of the syntactic object becomes the shared criterial feature whenfeature sharing occurs.
with the Subj head.

The label of who becomes Subj because who shares the feature

See the relevant discussions in section 5.2.2.

In (41b), who can beextracted because it is the maximal object with the given label Q or D.6

Thus, only

maximal objects with a given label can be moved, regardless of a Q label.

6

Theoretically speaking, [Subj who Subj will come] can be extracted from the embedded CP in (41a)as long as we follow the maximality principle because the syntactic object is maximal with respect tothe label Subj.

Nevertheless, the extraction seems to be empirically impossible.

I tentatively

assume that the phase impenetrability condition (PIC) (see Chomsky (2000, 2001)) bars this extraction.
The PIC states that the complement of a phase head (i.e. C and v) is not accessible. Therefore, thecomplement of that is non-extractable. The compatibility between PIC and the maximality principle
remains to be investigated.

181

Chapter 5: Alternatives

If the complementizer that is omitted, then the that-trace effect disappears.
Rizzi (2015b: 335, fn. 16) notes, when C is omitted, Subj is also omitted.7

As

Therefore,

freezing is not triggered.

(42)

Who do you think [C [twh Subj will come]]?

In this case, the wh-phrase who is maximal with respect to its Q label under labeling andmaximality.

Notice that the label of the entire embedded clause becomes the label ofwill, which is T (or another head for auxiliaries), because who has moved from SPEC-T.
Also, even if C is not omitted, the label of the whole embedded clause should not be Q
for two reasons: C and Q are different heads in Rizzi’s (2015a, b, 2016) system, and thinkcannot select Q.

5.3.4

Properties of the Double Object Construction
Since Larson (1988), it has been widely accepted that an asymmetric relation exists

between the indirect object and the direct object.

That is, the indirect object should

asymmetrically c-command the direct object in the double object construction.

(43)

a.

I showed Mary herself.

b.

* I showed herself Mary.

c.

I showed no one anything.

d.

* I showed anyone nothing.
(a–d: Larson (1988: 336–337))

The first and the third examples are unproblematic since Mary and no one asymmetrically
c-command herself and anything respectively.

In contrast, the second and the fourth

examples are problematic since herself and anyone asymmetrically c-command Mary and7

Rizzi (2015b) does not explain in detail why the C deletion triggers the Subj deletion. However,

he suggests that the C and Subj are in a special relation that is motivated by feature inheritance. For
more on feature inheritance, see Richards (2007) and Chomsky (2007).

182

Chapter 5: Alternatives

nothing respectively.

As long as the phenomena concerning anaphors and the negative

polarity items are explained by the hierarchical relations, the indirect object occurs
hierarchically higher than the direct object.
In the double object construction, it is widely assumed that there is prospective
possession between the indirect object and the direct object (see Green (1974), Pinker(2013), Harley (1995, 2002), Harley and Jung (2015), and works cited therein).

Johngives Mary the book is roughly paraphrased as John “causes” Mary to “have” the book.
The verb give can be decomposed into at least two elements, CAUSE and HAVE.

(44)

a.

John sent a package to the {border/boarder}.

b.

John sent the {boarder/*border} a package.
(a, b: adapted from Pinker (2013: 56))

In the dative construction, there is no such entailment as the one shown in (44a).
indirect object can, therefore, be an inanimate nominal such as border.

The

In contrast,

because prospective possession is denoted in the double object construction, theinanimate nominal border cannot occur as an indirect object (see (44b)).

Note thatpossession does not have to be literal, but the referent of the indirect object canmetaphorically possess the referent of the direct object.

(45)

a.

John told Mary the story.

b.

John asked Mary a question.

c.

John showed Mary the answer.

The examples above all show the recipient’s metaphorical possession.
reviewed in this section depend on semantics.

The properties

Harley (1995, 2002) and Harley and Jung

(2015) capture the semantic properties through the dedicated feature/head PHAVE.
Specifically, see Harley and Jung (2015) for a detailed discussion on how the syntactic
head PHAVE is amenable to the semantic properties.

183

Chapter 5: Alternatives

5.3.5

Structures of the Double Object Construction

Under a version of Distributed Morphology, Harley and Jung (2015) capture thissemantic peculiarity by using the dedicated head PHAVE which is one of the prepositional
heads proposed by Harley (1995, 2002) (for more on Distributed Morphology, see Halleand Marantz (1997), Marantz (1997, 2013) and Embick and Marantz (2008)).
According to Harley and Jung (2015), the structure of the double object construction is
as follows (the irrelevant parts of the structure are omitted):(46)

John sent [the boarder PHAVE a package]

The prospective possession shown in (44)–(45) is explained by this structure; PHAVE
denotes prospective possession in (46).8

Furthermore, this structure also captures theasymmetric relation shown in (43).
The structure proposed by Harley and Jung (2015) has a significant advantage
concerning the empirical facts on the double object construction.
mention the non-extractability of the indirect object.

However, they do not

As discussed in chapter 2, theindirect object is impossible to extract.

(47)

(48)

(49)

8

Wh-Movement:a.

What did Mary give/send Mary t?

b.

* Who did Mary give/send t the computer?

Relativization:a.

This is the computer which Mary gave/sent the friend t.

b.

* This is the friend who Mary gave/sent t the computer.

Clefting:a.

It is the computer that Mary gave/sent John t.

b.

* It is John that Mary gave/sent t that computer.

The detailed argument structure of (46) is [EA vcause-Rsend [IA1 PHAVE IA2]]. Note that vcause is fora transitive/causative event, Rsend denotes the verbal root of send, and IA is an internal argument. In
addition, Rsend directly adjoins to vcause in this structure.

184

Chapter 5: Alternatives

(50)

(51)

Tough Movement:a.

That computer is easy to give/send John t.

b.

* John is easy to give/send t that computer.

Topicalization:a.

That computer, Mary gave/send John t.

b.

* John, Mary gave/send t that computer.
((47)–(51): cf. Oba (2005: 61))

Oba (2005, 2016) and Hallman (2015) explain the non-extractability by assuming theelaborated syntactic structures.

However, their structures are proposed under the earlier

framework.

The non-extractability should, therefore, be reanalyzed under the current

framework.

For instance, Oba (2005) argues that Thematization/Extraction (Th/Ex),

which was originally proposed by Chomsky (2001), applies to the double object structure.
When Th/Ex applies to the indirect object, it becomes unmovable because its
phonological features have been spelled out to the phonological component.
the postulation of Th/Ex is dubious for empirical reasons.
(2016) and Sobin (2014) for relevant discussions.

However,

See Julien (2002), Omune

Oba (2016) adopts Rizzi’s (2010)

approach of criterial freezing and proposes a new structure of the double object
construction.

His analysis successfully explains the non-extractability of the indirect

object but is still based on earlier frameworks such as those of Chomsky (2000, 2001)
and Rizzi (2010).

Hallman (2015) adapts the traditional Larsonian structure andproposes the following structure for the double object construction:(52)

Hallman’s (2015) Structure of the Double Object Construction:

185

Chapter 5: Alternatives(Hallman (2015: 396))

In this structure, DPi John is the indirect object, and DPj a puppy is the direct object.
Hallman (2015: 417) argues that “[A-bar] movement may proceed from vP2 but not vP1.”
The indirect object is, therefore, non-extractable.

However, this is not the explanation

but the mere generalization from the familiar phenomena (e.g. Chomsky (1981), Lasnik
and Saito (1984, 1992) and Diesing (1992)), including (47)–(51).
the generalization but the explanation.

What we want is not

Why can’t A-bar movement proceed from vP1?

Hallman’s (2015) analysis does not answer the question.
the structure is proposed in the earlier framework.

Furthermore, as mentioned,

In the following section, I proposethat structure (46) accounts for both the non-extractability of the indirect object and the186Chapter 5: Alternatives

extractability of the direct object under labeling and maximality.

Additionally, theindirect object becomes extractable in passives.

(53)

John was given the book.

I will also show that this extractability is explained by structure (46).

5.3.6[+PHAVE] = a criterial feature

Adapting Rizzi’s (2006, 2015a, b, 2016) subject criterion (and maximality) discussed
in section 5.3.3, I propose that PHAVE is a criterial feature like Subj.

(54)

A Proposal:[+PHAVE] is a criterial feature.

The proposal is straightforward when we consider prospective possession which is thecore property of PHAVE.

Since [X [PHAVE Y]] is roughly interpreted as X HAVE Y, thesubject-predicate interpretation holds.

Namely, X is interpreted as something like thesubject, which has the aboutness property.

This view is supported by the following

facts:(55)a.

John sent the girl a letter.

b.

# John sent a girl the letter.
(Oba (2016: 207))

When we compare the two examples above, the former is more natural than the latter
since the indirect object is generally interpreted as old information in the double object
construction.

This is explained by the aboutness property.

as “being about” that argument.

The indirect object is taken

Because criterial features are related to discourse

properties, it is reasonable to assume that (54) is true.

187

Chapter 5: Alternatives

Additionally, as reviewed in section 5.3.3, Subj occurs lower than C, although CP’s
left periphery is typically rich in the standard cartographic approach (see Rizzi (1997),
among others).

Given the parallelism between the CP and vP phases, it is plausible thatthe criterial head PHAVE occurs lower than v.

(56)

CP phase:… C … Subj …

(57)

vP phase:… v … PHAVE …

In sum, because PHAVE denotes the subject-predicate interpretation bearing prospective
possession, it qualifies as a criterial feature like [+Subj].

In addition, the parallelism

between vP and CP holds by assuming PHAVE in vP.

5.3.7

A New Analysis

As shown in section 5.3.5, it is impossible to extract the indirect object in the double
object construction.

This non-extractability is readily explained by proposal (54).

Adopting Harley and Jung’s (2015) analysis, the structure of the vP phase for the double
object construction is as follows (IO = indirect object, DO = direct object, and R is averbal root whose categories are underspecified):(58)[EA [v v-R [α IO [PHAVE PHAVE DO]]]]I assume that IO bears [+PHAVE] in terms of labeling.

Without assuming this, α cannot

be labeled because both IO and [PHAVE PHAVE DO] are maximal objects.

Recall thatlabeling [XP YP] fails unless either XP or YP moves, or unless X and Y share the samefeature.

(59)

The assumption is therefore tenable.

[EA [v v-R [PHAVE IO[+PHAVE] [PHAVE PHAVE DO]]]]188

Chapter 5: Alternatives

Crucially, proposal (54) indicates that [+PHAVE] on IO is a criterial feature.

Given (59),the structure for John sent the boarder a package is as follows (the boarder[+PHAVE] meansthat the nominal bears the feature [+PHAVE]):(60)[C [John … T … [send [PHAVE [PHAVE the boarder[+PHAVE]] [PHAVE PHAVE [N apackage]]]]]]In this structure, a criterial feature [+PHAVE] is assigned to the indirect object the boarder.
When the boarder[+PHAVE] merges with [PHAVE PHAVE [N a package]], they share the criterialfeature [+PHAVE].

After a criterial feature is shared, the highest object with the label ofthe shared criterial feature becomes the maximal object.

In contrast, feature sharing

degrades each object, which was maximal, with the label of the criterial feature to the Xbar objects.

Consequently, [PHAVE [PHAVE the boarder[+PHAVE]] [PHAVE PHAVE [N a package]]]]becomes the maximal object with the given label PHAVE under the labeling algorithm andmaximality.

In other words, both the boarder[+PHAVE] and [PHAVE PHAVE [N a package]]

become X-bar objects with the given label PHAVE.

This means that the boarder (and[PHAVE PHAVE [N a package]]) cannot move further under the maximality principle.
Namely, the boarder is frozen because it is not the maximal object with the given label
PHAVE.

All of the bad cases in (47)–(51) are therefore explained under labeling andmaximality without postulating a new mechanism.

The indirect object is non-extractable from the structure (59).
Contrary to the case of the indirect object, the direct object is extractable as in (47)–(51).

This extractability is also explained by structures (59)–(60) under labeling andmaximality.
label N.9

The direct object a package in (60) is the maximal object with the given

Given the maximality principle, such objects are extractable.

All of the goodcases in (59)–(60) are therefore explained.

9This label may not be N but may be other features such as D, Subj and Top, depending on whichfeatures the direct object bears. As for nominal structures under the labeling theory, see Oishi (2015).

189

Chapter 5: Alternatives

As mentioned, it has been argued in the literature that the indirect object becomes
extractable in passive voice.10(61)John was given the book.

This case could be a counter-example to the analysis, but it is not necessarily so.

If weassume that PHAVE raises (or internally pair-merges) to v-R, this case becomes
unproblematic.

(62)[v PHAVE-v-R [IO[+PHAVE] tPHAVE DO]]

There is no feature sharing between IO[+PHAVE] and tPHAVE since the lower copy is, bydefinition, invisible.11

Hence, the IO can be moved further because it is the maximal

object with the given label PHAVE.
10

In passive voice, the IO should move from the predicate internal position in terms of labeling. If

the IO remains in situ, labeling cannot correctly take place in the TP space. That is, the IO should
move to SPEC-T because T alone is too weak to serve as a label. Given the weakness of T, Subj
could be weak since SPEC-Subj is the canonical position for subjects under Rizzi’s (2015a, b, 2016)
cartographic approach. See also note 3. In addition to passives, we can extract the IO but not the
DO in the multiple wh-question (cf. Larson (1988: 336–337) and Hornstein (1995: 127)).
(i)

Who did you give what/which check?

(ii)* What/which check did you give who?
(i, ii: Hornstein (1995: 127))

It is clear that the multiple wh-phrases affect the extractability.

Accordingly, it seems that theextractability, in this case, is not explained by the structures of the double object construction and thedative construction alone. Rather, it should be explained by the structures and the mechanism of themultiple wh-question. Additional research is required on this topic.
11

According to Epstein, Kitahara and Seely (2016), the lower copy left by internal pair-Merge ofheads (i.e. head-raising) is visible. However, following Nomura (2017), I simply assume that all
lower copies are invisible under the definition: “α to be ‘in the domain D’ if and only if every
occurrence of α is a term of D” (Chomsky (2013: 44)). See Chomsky (2015a) for more on this matter.

190

Chapter 5: Alternatives

As is well known, the IO and the DO are both extractable from the dative construction.

(63)[v PHAVE-v-R [IO[+PHAVE] tPHAVE DO]]

It is straightforward because PHAVE does not occur in the construction, but the typical or
standard P (i.e. to in (63)) does.

5.3.8

Neither SPEC-P nor COMPL-P are criterial positions.

Featural Relativized Minimality and Sub-Extraction

Runner (2001) observes that the indirect object cannot be sub-extracted.

(64)* Who did you say Cindy sent a friend of twh a picture?
(Runner (2001: 40))

This empirical fact leads to an interesting consequence about the formalization of[+PHAVE] based on fRM (featural Relativized Minimality).

That is, [+PHAVE] belongs to

the Operator class.
As Rizzi (2015a: 28) notes, fRM “assumes that relevant morphosyntactic features
triggering movement are organized into feature classes along the following lines:”(65)

Argumental: Subj, person, number, gender, case, …
Operator: Q, Foc, Neg, Quantificational adverbials, …
Modifier: …
Topic: …
(adapted from Rizzi (2015a: 28))

According to Rizzi (2015a), fRM explains the locality problem: the closest nominal
would be attracted.

As Rizzi (2015a: 27) notes, “[o]ne salient property of chainsterminating in Spec Subj is that they are strictly local, with the closest nominal element
systematically attracted to Spec Subj.” Let us consider the following structures withrespect to Foc and Subj:
191

Chapter 5: Alternatives

(66)

a.

Foc … [DP v [V DP[+Foc]]]b.

Subj … [DP v [V DP[+Subj]]](Rizzi (2015a: 28))

In (66a), Foc can attract DP[+Foc] since there is no intervening element between the heads.
On the other hand, Subj cannot attract DP[+Subj] because DP at SPEC-v is a possible
intervener that bears “Argumental” features (e.g. person, number, gender).

The localityof subjects is thus explained by fRM.
As shown in the previous section, [+Subj] belongs to the Argumental class in (65).
However, what class does [+PHAVE] belong to? It seems straightforward that it belongs
to the same class as [+Subj] because its semantic property is similar to that of [+Subj].
This feature classification, however, leads us to an unwelcome result concerning the caseof sub-extraction.

(67)

Let us consider the structure of (64) under the proposed analysis:* [Q Who[+Q] [Q you say Cindy sent [PHAVE [PHAVE a friend of twh[+Q]] [PHAVE a
picture]]]](*Who did you say Cindy sent a friend of twh a picture?)

Here, who must be sub-extractable if the feature classification is tenable, but the fact is
opposite; it is no longer tenable.

Nevertheless, the structure of (67) still seems correct.

The problem of sub-extraction can be solved by assuming that the feature class of[+PHAVE] is not Argumental but Operator.

That is, I assume [+PHAVE] and Q belong to

the same feature class.

(68)

Argumental: Subj, person, …
Operator: PHAVE, Q, Foc, …

192

Chapter 5: Alternatives

The revised classification correctly explains the derivation of (67).
to attract who[+Q].

Q fails when it tries

The label PHAVE on a friend of who[+Q] blocks Q’s attraction because

PHAVE and Q both belong to the same “Operator” class.
The semantic nature of Operator [+PHAVE] is obscure, but it is possible to interpretthe argument structure of the double object construction as follows (Rsend is the verbal
root of send):(69)[John [vcause-Rsend [PHAVE [PHAVE Mary[+PHAVE]] [PHAVE PHAVE [the book]]]]]¯
for PROSPECTIVE POSSESSOR x, x Mary, John CAUSE x to HAVE thebook by sending.

I will leave further refinement of the semantic nature of Operator [+PHAVE] to future
research.
In short, the following generalization holds: PHAVE is semantically similar to Subj,
but its feature class is the same as Q (and other features like Foc, Neg).

Although how

this feature classification affects the semantic nature is vague, the problem not only
applies to PHAVE but also to other heads such as Foc, Neg and Quantificational adverbials.
We need further studies to unveil the detailed properties of PHAVE and the feature classes.

5.3.9

Problems of Alternative 2

Section 5.3 briefly reviewed the recent theoretical framework of syntax and discussed
its consequences, particularly focusing on the double object construction in English.
The main proposal in this paper is that [+PHAVE] is a criterial feature.

Given the proposal

and structure by Harley and Jung (2015), labeling and maximality yield a new analysisof the non-extractability of IO.

In addition, it has been suggested that PHAVE is a criterial

head belonging to the feature class, Operator.

This suggestion eventually accounts forthe non-sub-extractability of IO.
Despite these empirical advantages, alternative 2 in this section seriously violates the
Inclusiveness Condition as mentioned in note 5.
193

Again, criterial features such as Subj

Chapter 5: Alternatives

and PHAVE, which are discourse-related, should not exist in the lexicon because discourse
related properties seem to be obtained through structural configurations (see Chomsky,
Gallego and Ott (to appear)).

For the true explanation, alternative 2 should therefore bediscarded. It is very challenging to explain the non-sub-extractability of indirect object
without analogous analyses, but I think optimistically that additional research will solve
this problem.

194

Chapter 6

Conclusion

This paper has explored the possibility of eliminating pair-Merge, feature inheritanceand feature valuation as primitive or elementary operations in the quest for a minimalist
explanation of language.

Such operations must be removed for two reasons: simplicity

for the methodological minimalism and evolvability for the SMT.
normal scientific procedure like Ockham’s razor.
Minimalist Program for linguistic theory.

The latter is more remarkable in the

Operations in core syntax are specific tohuman language as long as they are primitive.
problem of evolvability.

The former is just a

Many primitive operations raise aNamely, many primitive operations are too complex to explain

the sudden emergence of (the basic properties of) language.

To hold a simple picture,

all we can do is postulate a sole and simple operation, Merge.

Once we postulate Merge,

it can be used to explain evolvability.
discrete infinity and displacement.

Moreover, Merge ensures the basic properties of

The number of operations conforming to the first-

factor genetic endowment should therefore be as few as possible if we assume that
language is designed to be perfect.
195

Chapter 6: Conclusion

Pair-Merge of heads, which was called head-adjunction in the earlier framework,needs to be reformulated because it is a primitive operation.
it was just Merge of heads.
pairs in set theory.

In chapter 2, I argued that

To reformulate it, I capitalized on a definition of ordered

Building this definition into definitions of pair-Merge and simplest

Merge, I proposed the following reformulation of pair-Merge:(1)Pair-Merge of heads formulated by Simplest Merge (PM by SM):a.

Pair-Merge (α, β) = Merge (α, (α, β)) = Merge (α, {α, β}) = {α, {α, β}}= <α, β>b.

Pair-Merge (α, β) = Merge (β, (α, β)) = Merge (β, {α, β}) = {β, {α, β}}= <β, α>This reformulation, PM by SM, eliminates the primitive operation pair-Merge because
PM by SM is essentially the double application of Merge.

The problem of evaluability

caused by the primitive operation, pair-Merge, is thus solved by this proposed
reformulation.

PM by SM, however, raises a new problem: there is no reason why PM

by SM would be restricted to apply to heads or computational atoms.
other elements for empirical reasons.

It cannot apply to

Such stipulations should be removed, and so they

were removed in chapter 3.
Conceptually, PM by SM should apply to any element because it is, by definition,equal to simplest Merge.

As mentioned above, an empirical reason bars this possibility.

If we assume that PM by SM could apply to anything, it can would apply to an X0-level
head and an XP-level phrase as shown below:(2){John, {{√hit, {√hit, v*}}, {δ Mary, {γ t√hit, tMary}}}}i.

Merge externally forms {γ √hit, Mary}.

ii.

Merge internally forms {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}.

(I.e., {δ Mary, {γ √hit,tMary}} formed by PM by SM is representationally interpreted as theordered pair <Mary, √hit>.)196

Chapter 6: Conclusioniii.

The derivation continues, but it crashes because of the derivational
ordered pair {δ Mary, {γ √hit, tMary}}.

The first and second steps could be equal to PM by SM, since they can be assumed to be
the double application of simplest Merge.

However, it is trivial that {δ Mary, {γ √hit,tMary}} is not an adjunct structure.

For this reason, it seems that we should give up on

applying PM by SM to phrases.

Nevertheless, when we consider the levelness ofmembers, pair-Merge of phrases can be reformulated under proposal (1).

Trivially, thefollowing generalization holds in set theory:(3)

A and α are different-level members where A is a set, but α is not.

Capitalizing on this generalization, PM by SM can apply to both two heads and to two
phrases but not to a head and a phrase.

Pair-Merge is, therefore, finally reformulated asfollows:(4)

PM by SM (the final version):head-head adjunction:a.

Pair-Merge (X0, Y0) = Merge (X0, (X0, Y0)) = Merge (X0, {X0, Y0}) ={X0, {X0, Y0}} = <X0, Y0>b.

Pair-Merge (Y0, X0) = Merge (Y0, (Y0, X0)) = Merge (Y0, {Y0, X0}) ={Y0, {Y0, X0}} = <Y0, X0>

phrase-phrase adjunction:c.

Pair-Merge (XP, YP) = Merge (XP, (XP, YP)) = Merge (XP, {XP,
YP}) = {XP, {XP, YP}} = <XP, YP>d.

Pair-Merge (YP, XP) = Merge (YP, (YP, XP)) = Merge (YP, {YP,XP}) = {YP, {YP, XP}} = <YP, XP>

This version of PM by SM correctly explains not only the simple derivation in (2) but
also a variety of empirical facts.

PM by SM for head-head adjunction, for example,
197

Chapter 6: Conclusion

explains the (non)extractability of grammatical objects in double object constructions,
cognate object constructions, small clause constructions and ECM constructions inchapter 2. PM by SM for phrase-phrase adjunction, for example, accounts for the (anti)adjunction condition effects, the Condition C effects and the Specificity Effects in chapter
3.
Other operations remain to be reformulated: feature inheritance and feature valuation.
In the original definition, feature inheritance and feature valuation are primitive
operations.

In the linguistic literature, e.g. Nomura (2017), Epstein, Kitahara and Seely(2014a) and Kitahara (2017), these operations are assumed not to be primitive but to be
reducible to third-factor principles or Merge.

Even if they are not primitive, feature

inheritance cannot correctly occur under the current minimalist model adopting strictly
cyclic Merge.

That is feature inheritance is technically problematic since Merge does

not establish C-T and v*-√root relations in the standard course of derivations (see (2)).
In chapter 4, I reduced both operations to minimal search conforming to the third-factor
Minimal Computation, and solved a technical problem.

In this reformulation, I argued

that the equation Feature Inheritance = Matching = Minimal Search holds because of thefollowing reason:(5)

Feature Inheritance = Matching = Minimal Search:
Feature inheritance is minimal search by uPhi-set, which identifies the mostappropriate goal; hence matching.

This proposal solves the technical problem mentioned above since minimal search forfeature inheritance can establish the appropriate relations.

Furthermore, I assume thatfeature valuation is equal to labeling by minimal search:(6)

Labeling = Feature Valuation = Minimal Search:Labeling is minimal search, which identifies unlabeled syntactic objects andunvalued features; hence valuation.

198

Chapter 6: Conclusion

This type of assumption is essential for eliminating feature valuation as a primitive
operation.

Therefore, both feature inheritance and feature valuation are minimal search.

Chapter 4 showed that PM by SM and these reformulations can explain various facts
involving there constructions such as long-standing agreements, (non)-extractability of
associates and scopal and binding phenomena.
These reformulations of pair-Merge, feature inheritance and feature valuation are not
only conceptually significant in terms of the SMT but also empirically important for its
empirical coverage.

Some of the empirical facts, however, can be explained by otherpossible alternatives.

In chapter 5, I also showed that two alternatives can explain someor more facts explained by the reformulations.

However, the main argument of thischapter was to show that the analyses, based on PM by SM and the other reformulations,were superior to these alternatives by refuting both alternatives (though they are, to someextent, appealing).
We undoubtedly need additional research to clarify the true nature of language, , butthings like the reformulations proposed in this paper are essential in terms of simplicity,
evolvability and the SMT.
reformulated Merge.

For example, the newest talk given by Chomsky (2017b)

Further developments of minimalist theory are clearly required toapproach the ultimate goal of the Minimalist Program.

199

200

References

Abe,

Jun

(2016)

“How

to

Probe

Expletives,”

StudiaLinguistica.

<doi:

10.1111/stul.12057>
Acedo-Matellán, Víctor (2010) Argument Structure and the Syntax-Morphology
Interface: A Case Study in Latin and Other Languages, Doctoral dissertation,
Universitat de Barcelona.
Acedo-Matellán, Víctor and Jaume Mateu (2014) “From Syntax to Roots: A Syntactic
Approach to Root Interpretation,” The Syntax of Roots and the Roots of Syntax, ed.
by Artemis Alexiadou, Hagit Borer and Florian Schäfer, 14–32, Oxford University
Press, Oxford.
Alexiadou, Artemis and Florian Schaefer (2011) “An Unaccusativity Diagnostic at the
Syntax-Semantics Interface: There-Insertion, Indefinites and Restitutive again,”
Proceedings of Sinn and Bedeutung 15, 101–115.
Bagaria, Joan (2014) “Basic Set Theory,” Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy, ed. by
Edward N. Zalta, The Metaphysics Research Lab, Center for the Study of Language
and Information, Stanford University, Stanford. Retrieved October 5, 2016, from<http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/set-theory/basic-set-theory.html>
201

Borer, Hagit (2003) “Exo-Skeletal vs. Endo-Skeletal Explanations: Syntactic Projections
and the Lexicon,” The Nature of Explanation in Linguistic Theory, ed. by John
Moore and Maria Polinsky, 31–67, CSLI Publications, Stanford, California.
Borgonovo, Claudia and Ad Neeleman (2000) “Transparent Adjuncts,” Canadian
Journal of Linguistics 45, 199–224.
Bošković, Željko (1997) The Syntax of Nonfinite Complementation: An Economy
Approach, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
Bošković, Željko (2016) “On the Timing of Labeling: Deducing Comp-Trace Effects, theSubject Condition, the Adjunct Condition, and Tucking in from Labeling,” The
Linguistic Review 33, 17–66.
Bowers, John (1987) “Extended X-Bar Theory, the ECP and the Left Branch Condition,”
WCCFL 6, 47–62.
Carstens, Vicki, Norbert Hornstein and T. Daniel Seely (2016) “Head-Head Relations in
Problems of Projection,” The Linguistic Review 33, 67–86.
Cecchetto, Carlo and Caterina Donati (2015) (Re)labeling, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
Chomsky, Noam (1973) “Conditions on Transformations,” A Festschrift for Morris Halle,ed. by Stephen R. Anderson and Paul Kiparsky, 232–286, Holt, Rinehart andWinston, New York.
Chomsky, Noam (1981) Lectures on Government and Binding, Foris, Dordrecht.
Chomsky, Noam (1986) Knowledge of Language: Its Nature, Origin, and Use, Praeger,
New York.
Chomsky, Noam (1995a) “Bare Phrase Structure,” Government and Binding Theory andthe Minimalist Program, ed. by Gert Webelhuth, 385–439, Blackwell, Oxford.
Chomsky, Noam (1995b) The Minimalist Program, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
Chomsky, Noam (2000) “Minimalist Inquiries: The Framework,” Step by Step: Essayson Minimalist Syntax in Honor of Howard Lasnik, ed. by Roger Martin, David
Michaels and Juan Uriagereka, 89–155, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
Chomsky, Noam (2001) “Derivation by Phase,” Ken Hale: A Life in Language, ed. by
Michael Kenstowicz, 1–52, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.

202

Chomsky, Noam (2004) “Beyond Explanatory Adequacy,” Structures and Beyond: The
Cartography of Syntactic Structures, Volume 3, ed. by Adriana Belletti, 104–131,
Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Chomsky, Noam (2005) “Three Factors in Language Design,” Linguistic Inquiry 36, 1–
22.
Chomsky, Noam (2007) “Approaching UG from Below,” Interface + Recursion =Language?: Chomsky’s Minimalism and the View from Syntax-Semantics, ed. by
Uli Sauerland and Hans-Martin Gärtner, 1–29, Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin.
Chomsky, Noam (2008) “On Phases,” Foundational Issues in Linguistic Theory: Essaysin Honor of Jean-Roger Vergnaud, ed. by Robert Freidin, Carlos P. Otero and Maria
Luisa Zubizarreta, 133–166, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
Chomsky, Noam (2010) “Some Simple Evo Devo Theses: How True Might They Be for
Language?,” The Evolution of Human Language: Biolinguistic Perspectives, ed. by
Richard K. Larson, Viviane Déprez and Hiroko Yamakido, 45–62, Cambridge
University Press, New York.
Chomsky, Noam (2012) The Science of Language: Interviews with James McGilvray,
Cambridge University Press, New York.
Chomsky, Noam (2013) “Problems of Projection,” Lingua 130, 33–49.
Chomsky, Noam (2014) “Minimal Recursion: Exploring the Prospects,” Recursion:
Complexity in Cognition, ed. by Tom Roeper and Margaret Speas, 1–15, Springer,
New York.
Chomsky, Noam (2015a) “Problems of Projection: Extensions,” Structures, Strategies
and Beyond: Studies in Honour of Adriana Belletti, ed. by Elisa Di Domenico,Cornelia Hamann and Simona Matteini, 3–16, John Benjamins, Amsterdam.
Chomsky, Noam (2015b) “A Discussion with Naoki Fukui and Mihoko Zushi,” Sophia
Linguistica 64, 69–97, Sophia University.
Chomsky, Noam (2016a) “The Language Capacity: Architecture and Evolution,”
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review. <doi:10.3758/s13423-016-1078-6> [Chomsky,
Noam (2017) “The Language Capacity: Architecture and Evolution,” Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review 24, 200–203.]
203

Chomsky, Noam (2016b) “Puzzles about Phases,” ms., MIT.
Chomsky, Noam (2016c) “A Dialogue with Noam Chomsky,” A talk given at Residència
d’ Investigadors, Centrede Lingüística Teòrica de la Universitat Autònoma deBarcelona.
< https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZQa2X88PtYY >Chomsky, Noam (2017a) “Language Architecture and Its Import for Evolution,”
Neuroscience

andBiobehavioral

Reviews.

<http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2017.01.053>
Chomsky, Noam (2017b) “Chomsky’s READING Lecture,” a talk given at the Universityof Reading.
<https://www.facebook.com/search/top/?init=quick&q=University%20of%20Rea
ding%20chomsky&tas=0.21866556606255472>
Chomsky, Noam, Ángel J. Gallego and Dennis Ott (to appear) “Generative Syntax:
Questions, Crossroads, and Challenges,” Special Issue of Catalan Journal of
Linguistics. Retrieved June 30, 2017, from <https://ling.auf.net/lingbuzz/003507>
Citko, Barbara (2005) “On the Nature of Merge: External Merge, Internal Merge, andParallel Merge,” Linguistic Inquiry 36, 475–496.
Collins, Chris (2002) “Eliminating Labels,” Derivation and Explanation in the
Minimalist Program, ed. by Samuel D. Epstein and T. Daniel Seely, 42–64,
Blackwell, Oxford.
Collins, Chris (2014) “Merge (X, Y) = {X, Y},” ms., New York University. Retrieved
July 6, 2016, from <http://ling.auf.net/lingbuzz/002186>
Deal, Amy Rose (2009) “The Origin and Content of Expletives: Evidence from‘Selection,’” Syntax 12, 285–323.
den Dikken, Marcel (2012) “The Phase Impenetrability Condition and Successive
Cyclicity: A Reconsideration,” ms., City University of New York.
Diesing, Molly (1992) Indefinites, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
Embick, David and Alec Marantz (2008) “Architecture and Blocking,” Linguistic Inquiry
39, 1–53.

204

Embick, David and Rolf Noyer (2007) “Distributed Morphology and the SyntaxMorphology Interface,” The Oxford Handbook of Linguistic Interfaces, ed. by
Gillian Ramchand and Charles Reiss, 289–324, Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Epstein, Samuel D., Hisatsugu Kitahara and T. Daniel Seely (2012) “Structure Building
That Can’t Be,” Ways of Structure Building, ed. by Myriam Uribe-Etxebarria andand Vidal Valmala, 253–270, Oxford University Press, Oxford. [Reprinted in
Explorations in Maximizing Syntactic Minimization, ed. by Samuel D. Epstein,
Hisatsugu Kitahara and T. Daniel Seely, 2015, 155–174, Routledge, New York.]
Epstein, Samuel D., Hisatsugu Kitahara and T. Daniel Seely (2013) “Simplest Merge
Generates Set Intersection: Implications for Complementizer-Trace Explanation,”
The Proceedings of GLOW in Asia XII, 77–92. [Reprinted in Explorations in
Maximizing Syntactic Minimization, ed. by Samuel D. Epstein, Hisatsugu Kitahara
and T. Daniel Seely, 2015, 175–194, Routledge, New York.]
Epstein, Samuel D., Hisatsugu Kitahara and T. Daniel Seely (2014a) “Labeling by
Minimal Search: Implications for Successive-Cyclic A-Movement and theConception of the Postulate ‘Phase,’” Linguistic Inquiry 45, 463–481. [Reprinted
in Explorations in Maximizing Syntactic Minimization, ed. by Samuel D. Epstein,
Hisatsugu Kitahara and T. Daniel Seely, 2015, 201–221, Routledge, New York.]
Epstein, Samuel D., Hisatsugu Kitahara and T. Daniel Seely (2014b) “Agreement Is the
Shared Prominent Feature Option of POP’s Labeling Algorithm,” ms., Universityof Michigan, Keio University and Eastern Michigan University.
Epstein, Samuel D., Hisatsugu Kitahara and T. Daniel Seely (2015) “What Do We
Wonder Is Not Syntactic?,” Explorations in Maximizing Syntactic Minimization, ed.
by Samuel D. Epstein, Hisatsugu Kitahara and T. Daniel Seely, 222–239, Routledge,
New York.
Epstein, Samuel D., Hisatsugu Kitahara and T. Daniel Seely (2016) “Phase-Cancellation
by Pair-Merge of Heads,” The Linguistic Review 33, 87–102.
Epstein, Samuel D., Hisatsugu Kitahara and T. Daniel Seely (2017) “Successive Cyclic
Wh-Movement without Successive Cyclic Crashing,” paper presented at ELSJ 10th
International Spring Forum.
205

Epstein, Samuel D., Miki Obata and T. Daniel Seely (to appear) “Is Linguistic Variation
Entirely Linguistic?,” Linguistic Analysis.
Fiengo, Robert and James Higginbotham (1981) “Opacity in NP,” Linguistic Analysis 7,
395–421.
Frampton, John and Sam Gutmann (2002) “Crash-Proof Syntax,” Derivation andExplanation in the Minimalist Program, ed. by Samuel D. Epstein and T. Daniel
Seely, 90–105, Blackwell, Oxford.
Gallego, Ángel J. (2009) “On Freezing Effects,” Iberia 1, 33–51.
Goto, Nobu (2016) “A Generalization of Non-Phase Heads and a New Rationale for
Feature Inheritance: In Pursuit of the Universality of Language,” paper presented
at the workshop “Exploring the Notion of Parameters in the Minimalist Program”
in the 153th conference of the English Linguistic Society of Japan.
Goto, Nobu (2017) “How to Label There-Constructions,” Studies in English Literature:
Regional

Branches

Combined

Issue

9,

33–43.

<http://doi.org/10.20759/elsjregional.9.0_33>
Green, Georgia M. (1974) Semantics and Syntactic Regularity, Indiana University Press,
Indiana.
Hale, Ken and Samuel J. Keyser (1993) “On Argument Structure and the Lexical
Expression of Syntactic Relations,” The View from Building 20: Essays in
Linguistics in Honor of Sylvain Bromberger, ed. by Kenneth Hale and Samuel Jay
Keyser, 53–109, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
Hale, Ken and Samuel J. Keyser (2002) Prolegomenon to a Theory of Argument Structure,
MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
Halle, Morris and Alec Marantz (1993) “Distributed Morphology and the Pieces ofInflection,” The View from Building 20, ed. by Kenneth Hale and Samuel Jay
Keyser, 111–176, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
Hallman, Peter (2015) “Syntactic Neutralization in Double Object Constructions,”
Linguistic Inquiry 46, 389–424.
Harley, Heidi (1995) Subjects, Events and Licensing, Doctoral dissertation, MIT.

206

Harley, Heidi (2002) “Possession and the Double Object Construction,” Linguistic
Variation Yearbook 2, 29–68.
Harley, Heidi (2011) “A Minimalist Approach to Argument Structure,” The Oxford
Handbook of Linguistic Minimalism, ed. by Cedric Boeckx, 426–447, Oxford
University Press, Oxford.
Harley, Heidi and Hyun Kyoung Jung (2015) “In Support of the PHAVE Analysis of the
Double Object Construction,” Linguistic Inquiry 46, 703–730.
Hartmann, Jutta (2008) Expletives in Existentials: English there and German da, Doctoral
dissertation, Universiteit van Tilburg.
Hauser, Marc D., Noam Chomsky and W. Tecumseh Fitch (2002) “The Faculty of
Language: What Is It, Who Has It, and How Did It Evolve?,” Science 298, 1569–
1579. [Reprinted in The Evolution of Human Language: Biolinguistic Perspectives,
ed. by Richard K. Larson, Viviane Déprez and Hiroko Yamakido, 2010, 14–42,
Cambridge University Press, New York.]
Hauser, Marc D., Charles Yang, Robert C. Berwick, Ian Tattersall, Michael J. Ryan,
Jeffrey Watumull, Noam Chomsky and Richard C. Lewontin (2014) “The Mysteryof Language Evolution,” Frontiers in Psychology 5, 1–12.
Horita, Yuko (1996) “English Cognate Object Constructions and Their Transitivity,”
English Linguistics 13, 221–247.
Hornstein, Norbert (1995) Logical Form: From GB to Minimalism, Blackwell, Oxford.
Hornstein, Norbert (2009) A Theory of Syntax: Minimal Operations and Universal
Grammar, Cambridge University Press, New York.
Huang, C.-T. James (1982) Logical Relations in Chinese and the Theory of Grammar,
Doctoral dissertation, MIT.
Jackendoff, R. (1977) X Syntax: A Study of Phrase Structure, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
Johnson, Kyle (2003) “Towards an Etiology of Adjunct Islands,” Nordlyd 31: 187–215.
Julien, Martin (2002) “On the Syntax of ‘Th/Ex’,” paper presented at the conference “TheDisplacement Property of Human Language” in University Tromsø.
Karimi, Simin (1999) “Specificity Effect: Evidence from Persian,” The Linguistic Review
16, 125–141.
207

Kasai, Hironobu, Takaomi Kato, Hiroki Narita, Naoki Fukui and Mihoko Zushi (2016)“Remarks on the Primitive Operations and Interface Conditions of Syntax,” paper
presented at the symposium “Tojihou no Genshienzan to Interface (The Primitive
Operations of Syntax and Interfaces)” in the 88th Conference of the English LiterarySociety of Japan.
Kato, Takaomi, Hiroki Narita, Hironobu Kasai, Mihoko Zushi and Naoki Fukui (2016)“On the Primitive Operations of Syntax,” Advances in Biolinguistics, ed. by Koji
Fujita and Cedric Boeckx, 29–45, Routledge, New York.
Kawashima, Ruriko and Hisatsugu Kitahara (2015) “On the Core Ideas of Generative
Grammar: Then and Now,” In Untiring Pursuit of Better Alternatives, ed. by Hiroki
Egashira, Hisatsugu Kitahara, Kazuo Nakazawa, Tadao Nomura, Masayuki Oishi,
Akira Saizen and Motoko Suzuki, 198–208, Kaitakusha, Tokyo.
Kayne, Richard (1994) The Antisymmetry of Syntax, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA
Kayne, Richard (2004) “Prepositions as Probes,” Structures and Beyond: The
Cartography of Syntactic Structures, Volume 3, ed. by Adriana Belletti, 192–212,
Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Kayne, Richard (2011) “Antisymmetry and the Lexicon,” The Biolinguistic Enterprise:
New Perspectives on the Evolution and Nature of the Human Language Faculty,
ed. by Anna Maria Di Sciullo and Cedric Boeckx, 329–353, Oxford University
Press, Oxford.
Kitahara, Hisatsugu (2017) “Maximizing Syntactic Minimization: Five Preliminary
Studies,” Reports of the Keio Institute of Cultural and Linguistic Studies 48, 239–
265.
Kratzer, Angelica (1996) “Severing the External Argument from Its Verb,” Phrase
Structure and the Lexicon, ed. by Johan Rooryck and Laurie Zaring, 109–137,
Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht.
Kuno, Susumu and Ken-ichi Takami (2004) Functional Constraints in Grammar: On the
Unergative-Unaccusative Distinction, John Benjamin, Amsterdam.
Kuratowski, Casimir (1921) “Sur la Notion de l’Ordre dans la Théorie des Ensembles,”Fundamenta Mathematicae 2, 161–171.
208

Larson, Richard (1988) “On the Double Object Construction,” Linguistic Inquiry 19,
335–391.
Lasnik, Howard, and Mamoru Saito (1984) “On the Nature of Proper Government,”
Linguistic Inquiry 15, 235–289.
Lasnik, Howard and Mamoru Saito (1992) Move α: Conditions on Its Application and
Output, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
Lebeaux, David (2000) Language Acquisition and the Form of the Grammar, John
Benjamins, Amsterdam.
Levin, Beth (1993) English Verb Classes and Alternations: A Preliminary Investigation,
the University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Lumsden, Michael (1988) Existential Sentences, Croom Helm, London.
Macfarland, Talke (1995) Cognate Objects and the Argument/Adjunct Distinction in
English, Doctoral dissertation, Northwestern University.
Marantz, Alec (1981) On the Nature of Grammatical Relations, Doctoral dissertation,
MIT.
Marantz, Alec (1997) “No Escape from Syntax: Don’t Try Morphological Analysis in the
Privacy of Your Own Lexicon,” University of Pennsylvania Working Papers in
Linguistics 4, 201–225.
Marantz, Alec (2005) “Objects out of the Lexicon!: Argument-Structure in the Syntax,”ms., MIT.
Marantz, Alec (2013) “Verbal Argument Structure: Events and Participants,” Lingua 130,
152–168.
Mateu, Jaume (1997) “Universals of Semantic Construal for Lexical Syntactic Relations,”
GGT-94 Research Report, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona. Retrieved April 14,
2015, from <http://filcat.uab.cat/clt/publicacions/reports/pdf/GGT-99-4.pdf>
Mateu, Jaume (2002) Argument Structure: Relational Construal at the Syntax-Semantics
Interface, Doctoral dissertation, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona.
Mateu, Jaume (2010) “On the L-Syntax of Mannar and Causation,” GGT-09-09 Research
Report, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona. Retrieved March 14, 2015, from<http://filcat.uab.cat/clt/publicacions/reports/pdf/GGT-09-09.pdf>
209

Mateu, Jaume (2012) “Conflation and Incorporation Processes in Resultative
Constructions,” GGT-11-03 Research Report, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona.
Retrieved

March

14,

2015,

from

<http://filcat.uab.es/clt/publicacions/reports/pdf/GGT-11-03.pdf>
Mateu, Jaume (2014) “Argument Structure,” The Routledge Handbook of Syntax, ed. byAndrew Carnie, Dan Siddiqi and Yosuke Sato, 24–41, Routledge, New York.
May, Robert (1985) Logical Form: Its Structure and Derivation, MIT Press, Cambridge,
MA.
Milsark, Gary (1974) Existential Sentences in English, Doctoral dissertation, MIT.
Milsark, Gary (1977) “Toward an Explanation of Certain Peculiarities of the Existential
Construction in English,” Linguistic Analysis 3, 1–29.
Miyamoto, Yoichi (2012) “On Transparent Adjuncts in Japanese,” Ways of Structure
Building, ed. by Myriam Uribe-Etxebarria and Vidal Valmala, 330–365, Oxford
University Press, Oxford.
Mizuguchi, Manabu (2016) “De-activation of Φ through Pair-Merge,” English
Linguistics 33, 108–118.
Moro, Andrea (1997) “Dynamic Antisymmetry: Movement as a Symmetry-Breaking
Phenomenon,” Studia Linguistica 51, 50–76.
Munataka, Takashi (2017) “Why Is Labeling Important?,” ms., Yokohama National
University.
Nakajima, Heizo (1997) “A Generative View of the Cognitive Analysis of Raising,”
Studies in English Linguistics, ed. by Masato Ukaji, Toshio Nakao, Masaru Kajita,
and Syuji Chiba, 474–491, Taishukan, Tokyo.
Narita, Hiroki (2011) Phasing in Full Interpretation, Doctoral dissertation, Harvard
University.
Nishihara, Toshiaki (1999) “On Locative Inversion and There-Construction,” English
Linguistics 16, 381–404.
Nomura, Masashi (2003) “Expletive Move!,” Proceedings of the 32nd Western
Conference on Linguistics, 207–220.

210

Nomura, Masashi (2017) “Pair-Merge and Feature-Valuation via Minimal Search:
Evidence from Icelandic,” WCCFL 34, 395–403.
Nunes, Jairo (1995) The Copy Theory of Movement and Linearization of Chains in the
Minimalist Program, Doctoral dissertation, University of Maryland.
Nunes, Jairo and Juan Uriagereka (2000) “Cyclicity and Extraction Domains,” Syntax 3,
20–43.
Oba, Yukio (1999) “Nominal Expressions as a Phase,” Currents in Linguistic Research:
A Festschrift for Professor Kazuyuki Yamamoto on the Occasion of His Retirementfrom Yamaguchi University, ed. by Toshiaki Inada, Kozo lwabe, Yukio Oba,
Masanori Suiko, Masashi Takemoto and Hdeo Nishimura, 21–36, Kaitakusha,
Tokyo.
Oba, Yukio (2003) “Tokuteiseikouka to Phase fukashinjouken (The Specificity Effectand the Phase Impenetrability Condition),” Ichikawashou 36nen no Kiseki, ed. by
Yuzaburo Murata, 202–210, Kaitakusha, Tokyo.
Oba, Yukio (2005) “The Double Object Construction and Thematization/Extraction,”
English Linguistics 22, 56–81.
Oba, Yukio (2013) “Eigo no Douzoku Mokutekigo Koubun no Imitougoteki na Tokucho
ni tsuite (On Syntactic and Semantic Properties of the Cognate Object Construction
in English),” Gengogaku karano Tenbou 2013, ed. by Fukuoka Linguistic Circle,
66–80, Kyushu University Press, Fukuoka.
Oba, Yukio (2016) “Nijuu Mokutekigo Koubun no Kansetsu Mokutekigo no Tokusei toSono Kouzou ni tsuite (The Structure of the Double Object Construction andProperties of the Indirect Object),” Gengogaku no Ima wo Shiru 26 Kou (26 Essays
in Current Linguistic Research), ed. by Akira Kikuchi, Takamichi Aki, Toru Suzuki,
Naoto Tomizawa, Tatsuya Yamagishi and Shin-ichi Kitada, 199–209, Kenkyusha,
Tokyo.
Obata, Miki (2010) Root, Successive-Cyclic and Feature-Splitting Internal Merge:
Implications for Feature-Inheritance and Transfer, Doctoral dissertation,
University of Michigan.

211

Oishi, Masayuki (2015) “The Hunt for a Label,” In Untiring Pursuit of Better Alternatives,
ed. by Hiroki Egashira, Hisatsugu Kitahara, Kazuo Nakazawa, Tadao Nomura,
Masayuki Oishi, Akira Saizen and Motoko Suzuki, 322–334, Kaitakusha, Tokyo.
Omune, Jun (2016) “On Syntactic Structures of Inside and Outside Verbal Existential
Sentences,” JELS 33, 114–120.
Omune, Jun (2017) “Reformulating Feature Inheritance,” paper presented at the 2nd
regular meeting of Fukuoka Linguistic Circle.
Omune, Jun (to appear-a) “Reformulating Pair-Merge of Heads,” English Linguistics 34.
Omune, Jun (to appear-b) “Some Consequences of Labeling and Maximality,” Kinki
University (Kindai University), Center for Liberal Arts and Foreign Language
Education Journal, Foreign Language Edition 8.
Oseki, Yohei (2015) “Eliminating Pair-Merge,” WCCFL 32, 303–312.
Ott, Dennis (2011) Local Instability, Doctoral dissertation, Harvard University.
Pinker, Steven (2013) Learnability and Cognition: The Acquisition of Argument Structure,
New Edition, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
Postal, Paul (1974) On Raising: An Inquiry into One Rule of English Grammar and Its
Theoretical Implications, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
Postal, Paul (1993) “Some Defective Paradigms,” Linguistics Inquiry 24, 347–364.
Quirk, Randolph et al. (1985) A Comprehensive Grammar of the English Language,
Longman, London.
Richards, Marc (2006) “Object Shift, Phases, and Transitive Expletive Constructions inGermanic,” Linguistic Variation Yearbook 6, 139–159.
Richards, Marc (2007) “On Feature Inheritance: An Argument from the Phase
Impenetrability Condition,” Linguistic Inquiry 38, 563–572.
Richards, Marc (2009) “Internal Pair-Merge: The Missing Mode of Movement,” Catalan
Journal of Linguistics 8, 55–73.
Richards, Marc (2012) “On Feature Inheritance, Defective Phases, and the MovementMorphology Connection,” Phases: Developing the Framework, ed. by Angel J.
Gallego, 195–232, Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin.

212

Richards, Marc and Theresa Biberauer (2005) “Explaining Expl,” The Function of
Function Words and Functional Categories, ed. by Marcel den Dikken andChristina M. Tortora, 115–153, John Benjamins, Amsterdam.
Rizzi, Luigi (1997) “The Fine Structure of the Left Periphery,” Elements of Grammar:
Handbook in Generative Syntax, ed. by Liliane Haegeman, 281–337, Kluwer,
Dordrecht.
Rizzi, Luigi (2006) “On the Form of Chains: Criterial Positions and ECP Effects,” WhMovement: Moving On, ed. by Lisa Cheng and Norbert Carver, 97–133, MIT Press,
Cambridge, MA.
Rizzi, Luigi (2010) “On Some Properties of Criterial Freezing,” The Complementizer
Phase: Subjects and Operators, ed. by E. Phoevos Panagiotidis, 51–75, Oxford
University Press, Oxford.
Rizzi, Luigi (2015a) “Notes on Labeling and Subject Positions,” Structures, Strategies
and Beyond: Studies in Honour of Adriana Belletti, ed. by Elisa Di Domenico,Cornelia Hamann and Simona Matteini, 17–46, John Benjamins, Amsterdam.
Rizzi, Luigi (2015b) “Cartography, Criteria, and Labeling,” Beyond Functional
Sequence: The Cartography of Syntax, Volume 10, ed. by Ur Shlonsky, 314–338,
Oxford University Press, New York.
Rizzi, Luigi (2016) “Labeling, Maximality and the Head-Phrase Distinction,” The
Linguistic Review 33, 103–127.
Rodman, Robert (1977) “Concerning the NP Constraint,” Linguistic Inquiry 8, 181–184.
Runner, Jeffrey T. (2001) “The Double Object Construction at the Interfaces,” Universityof Rochester Working Papers in Language Sciences 2, 23–51.
Saito, Mamoru (2016) “(A) Case for Labeling: Labeling in Languages without ɸ-Feature
Agreement,” The Linguistic Review 33, 129–175.
Seely, T. Daniel (2006) “Merge, Derivational C-Command, and Subcategorization in a
Label-Free Syntax,” Minimalist Essays, ed. by Cedric Boeckx, 182–217, John
Benjamins, Amsterdam.
Sobin, Nicholas (2014) “Th/Ex, Agreement, and Case in Expletive Sentences,” Syntax 17.

213

Speas, Margaret (1991) “Generalized Transformations and the D-Structure Position of
Adjuncts,” Syntax and Semantics, Volume 25, Perspectives on Phrase Structure:heads and licensing, ed. by Susan Rothstein, 241–257, Academic Press.
Sugimoto, Yushi (2016) “De-phased by External Pair-Merge of C to T and Its
Consequences,” Proceedings of Conference of the Student Organization of
Linguistics in Europe XXIV, 237–253.
Tourlakis, George (2003) Lectures in Logic and Set Theory: Volume 2, Set Theory,
Cambridge University Press, New York.
Truswell, Robert (2007) “Extraction from Adjuncts and the Structure of Events,” Lingua
117, 1355–1377.
Ura, Hiroyuki (1993) “On Feature-Checking for Wh-Traces,” MIT Working Papers in
Linguistics 18: Papers on Case and Agreement I, 243–280.
Uriagereka, Juan (1988) On Government, Doctoral dissertation, University ofConnecticut.
Ward, Gregory and Betty Birner (1995) “Definiteness and the English Existential,”
Language 71, 722–742.
Williams, Edwin (1984) “There-Insertion,” Linguistic Inquiry 15, 131–154.
Wood and Marantz (2015) “The Interpretation of External Arguments,” ms., NYU.
Retrieved

March

18,

2015,

from

<http://psych.nyu.edu/morphlab/publications/Wood%20&%20Marantz%202015.
pdf>

214

215